6.3.2 Radio resource control information elements
36.3313GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Protocol specificationRadio Resource Control (RRC)Release 17TS
– Alpha
The IE Alpha is used to indicate parameter α, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1 and 5.1.3.1. Value al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1.
Alpha information element
— ASN1START
Alpha-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1}
— ASN1STOP
– AntennaInfo
The IE AntennaInfoCommon and the AntennaInfoDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific antenna configuration respectively.
AntennaInfo information elements
— ASN1START
AntennaInfoCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaPortsCount ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode ENUMERATED {
tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6,
tm7, tm8-v920},
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
n4TxAntenna-tm3 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
n2TxAntenna-tm4 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm4 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
n2TxAntenna-tm5 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
n4TxAntenna-tm5 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
n2TxAntenna-tm6 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
n4TxAntenna-tm6 BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
} OPTIONAL, — Cond TM
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction-v920 CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm8-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm8-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
} OPTIONAL — Cond TM8
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10 ENUMERATED {
tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6, tm7, tm8-v920,
tm9-v1020, tm10-v1130, spare6, spare5, spare4,
spare3, spare2, spare1},
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 BIT STRING OPTIONAL, — Cond TMX
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0::= SEQUENCE {
maxLayersMIMO-r10 ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX-r12 BOOLEAN
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-UE-TxAntennaSelection-config-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {tm9, tm10} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm6, tm8, tm9,
tm10} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
n4TxAntenna-tm3-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
n2TxAntenna-tm4-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm4-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
n2TxAntenna-tm5-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
n4TxAntenna-tm5-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
n2TxAntenna-tm6-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
n4TxAntenna-tm6-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
n2TxAntenna-tm8-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm8-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
n2TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (96)),
n8TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (109))
} OPTIONAL, — Cond TM
maxLayersMIMO-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer-r15 BOOLEAN,
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer-r15 BOOLEAN
}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config-r15 NULL,
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs-r15 ENUMERATED {two, three}
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
AntennaInfo field descriptions |
|---|
|
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with a) tm8 with 4 CRS ports, tm9 or tm10 with 4 CSI-RS ports and b) PMI/RI reporting. |
|
antennaPortsCount Parameter represents the number of cell specific antenna ports where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.2.1. |
|
ce-ue-TxAntennaSelection-config Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for non-BL UE in CE Mode A, see TS 36.212 [22]. |
|
codebookSubsetRestriction Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.3.4.2.3. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1b. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured. |
|
maxLayersMIMO Indicates the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing used to determine the rank indication bit width and Kc determination of the soft buffer size for the corresponding serving cell according to TS 36.212 [22]. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm9 or tm10 for the corresponding serving cell. When configuring the field for a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm3 or tm4, EUTRAN only configures value fourLayers: For a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm9 or tm10, EUTRAN only configures the field only if intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList or FeatureSetDL-PerCC is indicated for the band and the band combination of the corresponding serving cell or the UE supports maxLayersMIMO-Indication. |
|
maxLayersMIMO-STTI Indicates the maximum number of layers, for each serving cell, to be used when determining if the shifted DMRS pattern is applicable TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.2. |
|
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer, slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer Indicates the table to be used in case of dynamic TX diversity fallback for TM9 and 10 for up to 2-layer/4-layer slot or subslot PDSCH operation, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.22. |
|
transmissionMode Points to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. |
|
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN Indicates, for MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable. |
|
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN Indicates, for non-MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable. |
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection For value setup, the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.7. |
|
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. When ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config and ue-TransmitAntennaSelection are configured simultaneously for a given serving cell, the UE selects one of the first two antennas for PUSCH transmission and selects one antenna among four antennas at each SRS instance for SRS transmission for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs Presence of the field indicates configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select two antennas among four antennas to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Further, the field indicates the number of antenna pairs to select from for SRS transmission for a given serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Value two indicates the UE to select one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. Value three indicates the UE to select one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. EUTRAN does not simultaneously configure ue-TransmitAntennaSelection and ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs for a given serving cell. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
TM |
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
TM8 |
The field is optional present, need OR, if AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to tm8. If AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to a value other than tm8, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
TMX |
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. The field is optionally present, need OR, if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm8 or tm9. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– AntennaInfoUL
The IE AntennaInfoUL is used to specify the UL antenna configuration.
AntennaInfoUL information elements
— ASN1START
AntennaInfoUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionModeUL-r10 ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, spare6, spare5,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
fourAntennaPortActivated-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionModeUL-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
— ASN1STOP
|
AntennaInfoUL field descriptions |
|---|
|
fourAntennaPortActivated Parameter indicates if four antenna ports are used. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. E-UTRAN optionally configures fourAntennaPortActivated only if transmissionModeUL is set to tm2. |
|
transmissionModeUL Points to one of UL Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. |
|
transmissionModeUL-STTI Indicates the UL transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1 and tm2 to transmission mode 2 for slot or subslot operation. |
– AUL-Config
The IE AUL-Config is used to specify the autonomous uplink configuration.
AUL-Config information element
— ASN1START
AUL-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
aul-CRNTI-r15 C-RNTI,
aul-Subframes-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
aul-HARQ-Processes-r15 INTEGER (1..16),
transmissionModeUL-AUL-r15 ENUMERATED {tm1,tm2},
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (5)),
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (7)),
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT-r15 ENUMERATED {o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1},
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideMCOT-r15 ENUMERATED {o16, o25, o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1},
aul-RetransmissionTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf12, psf20, psf28, psf37, psf44, psf68, psf84, psf100,
psf116, psf132, psf164, psf324},
endingSymbolAUL-r15 INTEGER(12..13),
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing-r15 INTEGER(2..4),
contentionWindowSizeTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n5, n10}
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
AUL-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
aul-CRNTI AUL C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
aul-HARQ-Processes This field indicates which HARQ process IDs are configured for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. In case tm1 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to field value. In case tm2 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to double of the field value. The largest value of the HARQ process ID is equal to the number of configured HARQ processes – 1. |
|
aul-RetransmissionTimer This timer is used to restrict both new transmission and retransmission for the same HARQ process for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. Value psf4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH subframes etc. |
|
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 34, second bit corresponds to value 43, third bit corresponds to value 52, fourth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1. |
|
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 16, second bit corresponds to value 25, third bit corresponds to value 34, fourth bit corresponds to value 43, fifth bit corresponds to value 52, sixth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1. |
|
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o34 corresponds to 34, and the value o43 corresponds to 43 and so on. |
|
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideMCOT This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o16 corresponds to 16, the value o25 corresponds to 25 and so on. |
|
aul-Subframes This field indicates which subframes are allowed for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod 4 = 0. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is not allowed for AUL. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is allowed for AUL. |
|
contentionWindowSizeTimer This field indicates contention window size adjustment timer as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.2.2. The value n0 corresponds to 0ms, value n5 corresponds to 5ms, value n10 corresponds to 10ms. The value is set to n0 or n5 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier cannot be guaranteed. The value is set to n0 or n10 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier can be guaranteed. |
|
endingSymbolAUL This field indicates PUSCH ending symbol of the last AUL subframe in an AUL burst as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 4.1.3. |
|
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing This field is COT sharing indication parameter X indicating if subframe n+X is an applicable subframe for UL to DL sharing as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.1.3. |
|
transmissionModeUL-AUL This field indicates which UL transmission mode is used for AUL as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2. |
– CQI-ReportAperiodic
The IE CQI-ReportAperiodic is used to specify the aperiodic CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportAperiodic information elements
— ASN1START
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
trigger2-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 SEQUENCE {
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator-r12 ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
}
}
}
CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310 SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger2-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger3-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger4-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger5-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger6-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
aperiodicCSI-Trigger2-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger3-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger4-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger5-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
trigger01-r11 BOOLEAN,
trigger10-r11 BOOLEAN,
trigger11-r11 BOOLEAN
}
CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger001-r13 BOOLEAN,
trigger010-r13 BOOLEAN,
trigger011-r13 BOOLEAN,
trigger100-r13 BOOLEAN,
trigger101-r13 BOOLEAN,
trigger110-r13 BOOLEAN,
trigger111-r13 BOOLEAN
}
CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
triggers-r14 CHOICE {
oneBit-r14 SEQUENCE {
trigger1-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
},
twoBit-r14 SEQUENCE {
trigger01-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
trigger10-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
trigger11-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
},
threeBit-r14 SEQUENCE {
trigger001-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger010-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger011-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger100-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) ,
trigger101-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger110-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
trigger111-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CQI-ReportModeAperiodic ::= ENUMERATED {
rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31,
rm32-v1250, rm10-v1310, rm11-v1310
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic field descriptions |
|---|
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger Indicates for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when one or more SCells are configured. trigger1-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 10 while trigger1-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 010, trigger2-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 11 while trigger2-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 011, trigger3-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A and table 7.2.1-1D, and so on. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means no aperiodic CSI report is triggered) or value 1 (means the aperiodic CSI report is triggered). At most 5 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperidociCSI-Trigger-r10 and in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 and at most 32 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310. E-UTRAN configures value 1 only for cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9. One value applies for all serving cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9 and belonging to the same PUCCH group (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell). |
|
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator For a serving cell configured with csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered for the serving cell if the aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 01 or 001, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C or table 7.2.1.-1E. Value s1 corresponds to CSI subframe set 1 and value s2 corresponds to CSI subframe set 2. |
|
trigger001 Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 001, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-E. |
|
trigger001-IndicatorN.. trigger111-IndicatorN Indicates for which eMIMO-Type the aperiodic CSI report is triggered (the corresponding CSI process, CSI subframe set}-pair(s) and/or a serving cell) as applicable, See TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A, 7.2.1-1B, and 7.2.1-1C. |
|
trigger01 Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 01, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E. |
|
trigger010, trigger011, trigger100, trigger101, Trigger110, Trigger111 Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 010, 011, 100, 101, 110 or 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E. |
|
trigger10, trigger11 Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 10 or 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1B. EUTRAN configures at most 5 CSI processes, across all serving frequencies within each CG, to be triggered by a CSI request field set to value 10. The same restriction applies for value 11. In case E-UTRAN simultaneously triggers CSI requests for more than 5 CSI processes some limitations apply, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 010, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2). |
|
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 011, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2). |
|
trigger3-SubframeSetIndicator Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2). |
|
trigger4-SubframeSetIndicator Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 101, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2). |
|
trigger5-SubframeSetIndicator Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 110, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2). |
|
trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2). |
– CQI-ReportBoth
The IE CQI-ReportBoth is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration common to both periodic and aperiodic configurations.
CQI-ReportBoth information elements
— ASN1START
CQI-ReportBoth-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-ProcessToAddModList-r11 CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r12 CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r12 CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportBoth-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-Config-r11
CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12
CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11
CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310
CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-Process-r11
CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-ProcessId-r11
CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId-r11 CSI-ProcessId-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pmi-RI-Report-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CQI-ReportBoth field descriptions |
|---|
|
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-IM-Config only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
csi-ProcessToAddModList For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks. |
|
pmi-RI-Report See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId CSI process whose RI value the UE inherits when reporting RI, in the same subframe, for CSI reporting. E-UTRAN ensures that the CSI process that inherits the RI value is configured in accordance with the conditions specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2.1 and 7.2.2. |
– CQI-ReportConfig
The IE CQI-ReportConfig is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportConfig information elements
— ASN1START
CQI-ReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL, — Need OR
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset INTEGER (-1..6),
cqi-ReportPeriodic CQI-ReportPeriodic OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-Mask-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, — Cond cqi-Setup
pmi-RI-Report-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL — Cond PMIRI
}
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset INTEGER (-1..6),
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pmi-RI-Report-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, — Cond PMIRIPCell
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 MeasSubframePattern-r10,
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1130 CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130,
cqi-ReportBoth-r11 CQI-ReportBoth-r11
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportBoth-v1250 CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
altCQI-Table-r12 ENUMERATED {
allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportBoth-v1310 CQI-ReportBoth-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1310 CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1320 CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14 CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {
allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
CQI-ReportConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 CQI-ReportConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1130 CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250 CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1310 CQI-ReportConfig-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1320 CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1430 CQI-ReportConfig-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
}
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL, — Need OR
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 INTEGER (-1..6),
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pmi-RI-Report-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL — Cond PMIRISCell
}
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CQI-ReportConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
altCQI-Table, altCQI-Table-1024QAM Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-r12 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 or in CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 in the same serving cell simultaneously. If altCQI-Table-r12 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured. |
|
cqi-Mask Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell). |
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 is configured. |
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks. |
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportPeriodic for sTTI within CQI-ReportConfig. |
|
csi-MeasSubframeSets Indicates the two CSI subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 1 and value 1 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 2. CSI subframe set 1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2, and CSI subframe set 2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. EUTRAN does not configure csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 if either csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 for PCell or eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured. |
|
csi-MeasSubframeSet1, csi-MeasSubframeSet2 Indicates the CSI measurement subframe sets. csi-MeasSubframeSet1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. E-UTRAN only configures the two CSI measurement subframe sets for the PCell. |
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset Parameter: |
|
pmi-RI-Report See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
cqi-Setup |
This field is not present for an Scell except for the PSCell, while it is conditionally present for the PCell and the PSCell according to the following. The field is optional present, need OR, if the cqi-ReportPeriodic in the cqi-ReportConfig is set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
PMIRI |
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is included. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is absent, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
PMIRIPCell |
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup, or cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release and cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
PMIRISCell |
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is included in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is absent in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present. |
– CQI-ReportPeriodic
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodic is used to specify the periodic CQI reporting configuration elements.
CQI-ReportPeriodic information elements
— ASN1START
CQI-ReportPeriodic ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex INTEGER (0..1185),
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023),
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI NULL,
subbandCQI SEQUENCE {
k INTEGER (1..4)
}
},
ri-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI BOOLEAN
}
}
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10 INTEGER (0..1184),
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10 INTEGER (0..1184) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023),
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r10 CHOICE {
widebandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE {
csi-ReportMode-r10 ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2} OPTIONAL — Need OR
},
subbandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE {
k INTEGER (1..4),
periodicityFactor-r10 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
},
ri-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI BOOLEAN,
cqi-Mask-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-ConfigIndex-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r10 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndex2-r10 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
cri-ReportConfig-r13 CRI-ReportConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL– Need OR
}
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE {
periodicityFactorWB-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexDormant-r15 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndexDormant-r15 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-SubframePatternDormant-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15 MeasSubframePattern-r10,
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15 MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-FormatIndicatorDormant-r15 CHOICE {
widebandCQI-r15 SEQUENCE {
csi-ReportMode-r15 ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2} OPTIONAL — Need OR
},
subbandCQI-r15 SEQUENCE {
k-r15 INTEGER (1..4),
periodicityFactor-r15 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11,
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex-r11 INTEGER (0..1023),
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r11 CHOICE {
widebandCQI-r11 SEQUENCE {
csi-ReportMode-r11 ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2} OPTIONAL — Need OR
},
subbandCQI-r11 SEQUENCE {
k INTEGER (1..4),
periodicityFactor-r11 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
},
ri-ConfigIndex-r11 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-ConfigIndex-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r11 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndex2-r11 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ cri-ReportConfig-r13 CRI-ReportConfig-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ periodicityFactorWB-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexShort-r15 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndexShort-r15 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cqi-FormatIndicatorShort-r15 CHOICE {
widebandCQI-Short-r15 SEQUENCE {
csi-ReportModeShort-r15 ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2} OPTIONAL — Need OR
},
subbandCQI-Short-r15 SEQUENCE {
k-r15 INTEGER (1..4),
periodicityFactor-r15 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
CRI-ReportConfig-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cri-ConfigIndex-r13 CRI-ConfigIndex-r13,
cri-ConfigIndex2-r13 CRI-ConfigIndex-r13 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
CRI-ConfigIndex-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..1023)
— ASN1STOP
|
CQI-ReportPeriodic field descriptions |
|---|
|
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.2-1. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table. |
|
cqi-Mask Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell). |
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. |
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2 Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. |
|
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1 Parameter |
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 is configured. |
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks. |
|
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt A set of periodic CQI related parameters for which E-UTRAN may configure different values for each CSI process. For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
cri-ConfigIndex Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1. EUTRAN configures the field if subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured). |
|
cri-ConfigIndex2 Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets. E-UTRAN configures cri-ConfigIndex2 only if cri-ConfigIndex is configured. |
|
cri-ReportConfig E-UTRAN configures the field only if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to "beamformed" and if multiple references to RS configuration using non-zero power transmission are configured (i.e. if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured). |
|
csi-ConfigIndex E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released. |
|
csi-ProcessToAddModList For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
csi-ReportMode Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2. |
|
K Parameter: K, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2. |
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset Parameter: |
|
periodicityFactor, periodicityFactorWB Parameter: |
|
ri-ConfigIndex Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1. |
|
ri-ConfigIndex2 Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured. |
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value. |
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3 Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CQI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 3, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2 and 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format3. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value. |
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5 Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CSI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 4 and format 5, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format4 or format5. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value. |
– CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId is used to identify a periodic CQI reporting configuration that E-UTRAN may configure in addition to the configuration specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10. These additional configurations are specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId information elements
— ASN1START
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)
— ASN1STOP
– CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig
The IE CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig is used to specify the configuration when the cross carrier scheduling is used in a cell.
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig information elements
— ASN1START
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
schedulingCellInfo-r10 CHOICE {
own-r10 SEQUENCE { — No cross carrier scheduling
cif-Presence-r10 BOOLEAN
},
other-r10 SEQUENCE { — Cross carrier scheduling
schedulingCellId-r10 ServCellIndex-r10,
pdsch-Start-r10 INTEGER (1..4)
}
}
}
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
schedulingCellInfo-r13 CHOICE {
own-r13 SEQUENCE { — No cross carrier scheduling
cif-Presence-r13 BOOLEAN
},
other-r13 SEQUENCE { — Cross carrier scheduling
schedulingCellId-r13 ServCellIndex-r13,
pdsch-Start-r13 INTEGER (1..4),
cif-InSchedulingCell-r13 INTEGER (1..7)
}
}
}
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
schedulingCellId-r14 ServCellIndex-r13,
cif-InSchedulingCell-r14 INTEGER (1..7)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
cif-Presence The field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value TRUE) or not (value FALSE) in PDCCH/ EPDCCH DCI formats, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1. |
|
cif-InSchedulingCell The field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate this cell, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1. In case of carrier indicator field is present, the CIF value is 0. |
|
pdsch-Start The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned SCell, see TS 36.213 [23]. clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Tables 6 and 7-1. |
|
schedulingCellId Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. In case the UE is configured with crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL, schedulingCellId indicated in crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL only indicates which cell signals the uplink grants. |
– CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config
The IE CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config is used to configure and enable use of CRS for MPDCCH performance improvement, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8B.5 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5.
CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config information elements
— ASN1START
CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
powerRatio-r16 ENUMERATED {dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4dot77}
}
CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
powerRatio-r16 ENUMERATED {dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3,
dB4dot77} OPTIONAL, — Cond setup
localizedMappingType-r16 ENUMERATED {predefined, csi-Based, reciprocityBased}
DEFAULT predefined
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
powerRatio Power ratio in dB between DMRS and CRS antenna ports of MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB, value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. |
|
localizedMappingType DMRS mapping type for MPDCCH performance improvement with localized MPDCCH allocation for CE mode A or B in RRC_CONNECTED, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. Value predefined corresponds to predefined mapping, value csi-Based corresponds to CSI-based mapping, and value reciprocityBased corresponds to reciprocity based mapping. Reciprocity based mapping is only applicable for TDD. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
setup |
The field is mandatory present if CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated is set to setup and this field has not been configured in CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon; otherwise the field is optional, need ON. |
– CSI-IM-Config
The IE CSI-IM-Config is the CSI Interference Measurement (IM) configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6.
CSI-IM-Config information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-IM-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
resourceConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..31),
subframeConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..154),
…,
[[ interferenceMeasRestriction-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250 CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250,
resourceConfig-r12 INTEGER (0..31),
subframeConfig-r12 INTEGER (0..154),
…,
[[ interferenceMeasRestriction-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-IM-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
resourceConfig Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 for 4 REs. |
|
subframeConfig Parameter: |
– CSI-IM-ConfigId
The IE CSI-IM-ConfigId is used to identify a CSI-IM configuration that is configured by the IE CSI-IM-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-IM-ConfigId information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r12)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 ::= INTEGER (maxCSI-IM-r12)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 ::= INTEGER (minCSI-IM-r13..maxCSI-IM-r13)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r13)
— ASN1STOP
– CSI-Process
The IE CSI-Process is the CSI process configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-Process information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-Process-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-ProcessId-r11 CSI-ProcessId-r11,
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a,
cqi-ReportBothProc-r11 CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId-r11 INTEGER (0..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…,
[[ alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eMIMO-Type-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ dummy CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eMIMO-Hybrid-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
advancedCodebookEnabled-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ eMIMO-Type-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ feCOMP-CSI-Enabled-v1530 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eMIMO-Type-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-Process field descriptions |
|---|
|
advancedCodebookEnabled Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23]. EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured with semiOpenLoop. |
|
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. EUTRAN may configure the field only if the number of CSI-RS ports for non-zero power transmission CSI-RS configuration is 4. |
|
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc If csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1. If csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 or csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1 or CSI subframe set 2. Otherwise, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for all subframes. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 is configured |
|
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is configured only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is for CSI subframe set 2. E-UTRAN shall set cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 the same as in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 is configured. |
|
cqi-ReportBothProc Includes CQI configuration parameters applicable for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting, for which CSI process specific values may be configured. E-UTRAN configures the field if and only if cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId is included and/ or if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc is included. |
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId Refers to a periodic CQI reporting configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. Value 0 refers to the set of parameters defined by the REL-10 CQI reporting configuration fields, while the other values refer to the additional configurations E-UTRAN assigns by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 (and as covered by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId). |
|
csi-IM-ConfigId Refers to a CSI-IM configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. If csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250 or csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (i.e., UE ignores csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 and csi-IM-ConfigId-r12). |
|
csi-IM-ConfigIdList Refers to one or two CSI-IM configurations that are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. csi-IM-ConfigIdList can include 2 entries only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. |
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. |
|
dummy This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
eMIMO-Type Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to ‘CLASS A‘ and ‘CLASS B‘ respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
feCOMP-CSI-Enabled Parameter: FeCoMPCSIEnabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. Refers to CSI feedback based on FeCoMP. E-UTRAN only configures the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type-r13 set to beamformed with two NZP CSI-RS resources using the IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 which contains the two NZP CSI-RS reources configued with csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13. |
|
p-C-AndCBSRList The UE shall ignore p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured, |
– CSI-ProcessId
The IE CSI-ProcessId is used to identify a CSI process that is configured by the IE CSI-Process. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-ProcessId information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-ProcessId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)
— ASN1STOP
– CSI-RS-Config
The IE CSI-RS-Config is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration.
CSI-RS-Config information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
antennaPortsCount-r10 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
resourceConfig-r10 INTEGER (0..31),
subframeConfig-r10 INTEGER (0..154),
p-C-r10 INTEGER (-8..15)
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2-r12 ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-List-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12)) OF ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
eMIMO-Type-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
dummy CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eMIMO-Hybrid-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
advancedCodebookEnabled-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-v1480 ::= SEQUENCE {
eMIMO-Type-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
eMIMO-Type-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-Config-r10 CSI-RS-Config-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1250 CSI-RS-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1310 CSI-RS-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
}
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r12 INTEGER (0..154)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-RS-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
advancedCodebookEnabled Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23]. EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured with semiOpenLoop. |
|
antennaPortsCount Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where value an1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, an2 to 2 antenna ports and so on, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5. |
|
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell, concerning the CSI-RS included in discovery signals. |
|
dummy This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
eMIMO-Type Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to ‘CLASS A‘ and ‘CLASS B‘ respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
p-C Parameter: |
|
resourceConfig Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2. |
|
subframeConfig Parameter: |
|
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2 Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 and TM 1 – 9 are configured for the serving cell. |
|
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7. |
|
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig Parameter: |
– CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed is used to specify the beamforming configuration of EBF/ FD-MIMO.
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need OR
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
channelMeasRestriction-r13 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need OR
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
channelMeasRestriction-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
OPTIONAL, — Need OR
nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
OPTIONAL, — Need OR
nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionComb-r14 NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
frequencyDensity-r14 NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-NZP-mode-r14 ENUMERATED {semiPersistent, aperiodic},
activatedResources-r14 INTEGER (0..4)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed field descriptions |
|---|
|
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList The field indicates the alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 per CSI-RS resource. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured. |
|
activatedResources The number of activated CSI-RS resources, which concerns a subset of the aperiodic CSI-RS resources (for both semi-persistent and aperiodic mode). E-UTRAN configures at most the minimum between nMaxResource as configured by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r1430 and the number of resources as configured by csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14. |
|
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed The field indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-18 to Table 7.2.4-20, is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. E-UTRAN configures the field only for a process referring to a single RS configuration using non-zero power transmission (i.e a process for which csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured). Field alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed corresponds to parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1 in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
csi-IM-ConfigIdList E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdList only if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell). |
|
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed If csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13 is configured, E-UTRAN configures the same total number of entries for NZP, csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13 and p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13. |
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList The field is used to configure NZP configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI RS reporting for which MAC controls activation. EUTRAN configures this field only when the UE is configured to use 2, 4 or and 8 ports CSI-RS, in which case EUTRAN configures the number of entries to be the same as the number of NZP resource configurations. For all these entries the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. EUTRAN always configures this field together with csi-RS-NZP-Activation. Furthermore, for a given process, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure the periodic NZP configuration(s) and NZP CSI RS configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent reporting. |
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using 12 and 16 ports CSI-RS. |
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) Indicates the NZP configuration(s)in addition to the original NZP configuration, as defined by csi-RS-Config-r10 (TM9) or csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 (TM10). I.e. extends the size of the NZP configuration list (originally a single entry i.e. list of size 1) using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. |
|
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList E-UTRAN does not configure the field p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured. |
– CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration for EBF/ FD-MIMO.
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13,
beamformed-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-v1430 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430,
beamformed-v1430 CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480,
beamformed-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
periodicityOffsetIndex-r14 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
eMIMO-Type2-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO field descriptions |
|---|
|
periodicityOffsetIndex This parameter is associated with the first EMIMO configuration of the hybrid eMIMO configuration. |
– CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded is used to specify the non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO configuration.
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-C-AndCBSRList-r13 P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
codebookConfigN1-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8},
codebookConfigN2-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8},
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O1-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O2-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
codebookConfig-r13 INTEGER (1..4),
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
codebookConfigN1-v1430 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16},
codebookConfigN2-v1430 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7},
nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
codebookConfigN1-v1480 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
codebookConfigN2-r1480 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1480 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-C-AndCBSRList-r15 P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded field descriptions |
|---|
|
codebookConfig Indicates a sub-set of the codebook entry, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
codebookConfigNx Indicates the number of antenna ports per polarization in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN configures the field in accordance with the restrictions as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13. |
|
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-Ox Indicates the spatial over-sampling rate in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n4 corresponds to 4 and value n8 corresponds to 8, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
csi-IM-ConfigId(List) E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdList only if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell). |
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using more than 8 ports CSI-RS as defined in TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5-1. |
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero power transmission that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
antennaPortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
resourceConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..31),
subframeConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..154),
scramblingIdentity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
qcl-CRS-Info-r11 SEQUENCE {
qcl-ScramblingIdentity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
crs-PortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…,
[[ csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ transmissionComb-r14 NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
frequencyDensity-r14 NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430
}
} OPTIONAL — Need OP
]]
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nzp-resourceConfigList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13,
cdmType-r13 ENUMERATED {cdm2, cdm4} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
— All extensions are for Non-Precoded so could be grouped by setup/ release choice
nzp-resourceConfigListExt-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..4)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13,
cdmType-v1430 ENUMERATED {cdm8 } OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
NZP-ResourceConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
resourceConfig-r13 ResourceConfig-r13,
…,
[[ transmissionComb-r14 NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
frequencyDensity-r14 NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]]
}
ResourceConfig-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..31)
NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 ::= INTEGER (0..2)
NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {d1, d2, d3}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP field descriptions |
|---|
|
antennaPortsCount Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5. |
|
cdmType Parameter: CDMType, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.2. |
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. UE shall ignore CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 if CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 is signalled. |
|
frequencyDensity Indicates the freqency-domain density reduction. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If qcl-CRS-Info-r11 is absent, the field is released. |
|
nzp-resourceConfigList Indicate a list of non-zero power transmission CSI-RS resources using parameter resourceConfig. |
|
qcl-CRS-Info Indicates CRS antenna ports that is quasi co-located with the CSI-RS antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. EUTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB. |
|
resourceConfig Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2. |
|
subframeConfig Parameter: |
|
scramblingIdentity Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, |
|
transmissionComb Indicates the transmission combining offset. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 ::= INTEGER (minCSI-RS-NZP-r13..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)
— ASN1STOP
– CSI-RS-ConfigZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration, for which UE assumes zero transmission power, that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZP information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
resourceConfigList-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
subframeConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..154),
…
}
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11
}
— ASN1STOP
|
CSI-RS-ConfigZP field descriptions |
|---|
|
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList Indicates the aperiodic zero power CSI-RS present in a given subframe. See 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.9-2. First entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 00, second entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 01 and so on. |
|
resourceConfigList Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7. |
|
subframeConfig Parameter: |
– CSI-RS-ConfigZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration for which UE assumes zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId information elements
— ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)
— ASN1STOP
– DataInactivityTimer
The IE DataInactivityTimer is used to control Data inactivity operation. Corresponds to the timer for data inactivity monitoring in TS 36.321 [6]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on.
DataInactivityTimer information element
— ASN1START
DataInactivityTimer-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {
s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20, s40, s50, s60,
s80, s100, s120, s150, s180}
— ASN1STOP
– DMRS-Config
The IE DMRS-Config is the DMRS configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
DMRS-Config information elements
— ASN1START
DMRS-Config-r11 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
scramblingIdentity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
scramblingIdentity2-r11 INTEGER (0..503)
}
}
DMRS-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
dmrs-tableAlt-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
— ASN1STOP
|
DMRS-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
scramblingIdentity, scramblingIdentity2 Parameter: |
|
dmrs-tableAlt The field indicates whether to use an alternative table for DMRS upon PDSCH transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
– DRB-Identity
The IE DRB-Identity is used to identify a DRB used by a UE.
DRB-Identity information elements
— ASN1START
DRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..32)
— ASN1STOP
– EPDCCH-Config
The IE EPDCCH-Config specifies the subframes and resource blocks for EPDCCH monitoring that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell.
EPDCCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
EPDCCH-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE{
config-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternConfig-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePattern-r11 MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
startSymbol-r11 INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, — Need OP
setConfigToReleaseList-r11 EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
setConfigToAddModList-r11 EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
}
EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11
EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11
EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
setConfigId-r11 EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11,
transmissionType-r11 ENUMERATED {localised, distributed},
resourceBlockAssignment-r11 SEQUENCE{
numberPRB-Pairs-r11 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8},
resourceBlockAssignment-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE(4..38))
},
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
pucch-ResourceStartOffset-r11 INTEGER (0..2047),
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…,
[[ csi-RS-ConfigZPId2-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ numberPRB-Pairs-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {n6}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mpdcch-config-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-NumRepetitionCE-r13 ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32},
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off},
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS-r13 CHOICE {
fdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4,
v5, v8, v10},
tdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10,
v20, spare1}
},
mpdcch-NumRepetition-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256},
mpdcch-Narrowband-r13 INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11 ::= INTEGER (0..1)
— ASN1STOP
|
EPDCCH-Config field descriptions |
|
csi-NumRepetitionCE Number of subframes for CSI reference resource, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes and so on. |
|
csi-RS-ConfigZPId2 Indicates the rate matching parameters in addition to those indicated by re-MappingQCL-ConfigId. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured. |
|
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter |
|
EPDCCH-SetConfig Provides EPDCCH configuration set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. E-UTRAN configures at least one EPDCCH-SetConfig when EPDCCH-Config is configured. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, EUTRAN does not configure more than one EPDCCH-SetConfig. |
|
mpdcch-Narrowband Parameter: |
|
mpdcch-NumRepetition Maximum numbers of repetitions for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]. E-UTRAN does not configure the value on if freqHoppingParametersDL is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1. |
|
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH UE-specific search space, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on. |
|
numberPRB-Pairs Indicates the number of physical resource-block pairs used for the EPDCCH set. Value n2 corresponds to 2 physical resource-block pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 physical resource-block pairs and so on. Value n8 is not supported if dl-Bandwidth is set to 6 resource blocks. EUTRAN only configures values up to n6 for BL UEs or UEs in CE. Value n6 is only applicable to BL UEs or UEs in CE. |
|
pucch-ResourceStartOffset PUCCH format 1a, 1b and 3 resource starting offset for the EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. |
|
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId Indicates the starting OFDM symbol, the related rate matching parameters and quasi co-location assumption for EPDCCH when the UE is configured with tm10. This field provides the identity of a configured PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured. |
|
resourceBlockAssignment Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource-block pair for EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. The size of resourceBlockAssignment is specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4, and based on numberPRB-Pairs and the signalled value of dl-Bandwidth. If numberPRB-Pairs-v1310 field is present, the total number of physical resource-block pairs is 6 and it is composed of one subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs and another subset of 4 physical resource-block pairs, and the resourceBlockAssignment field defines the subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs. |
|
setConfigId Indicates the identity of the EPDCCH configuration set. |
|
startSymbol Indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH on the same cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.1. If not present, the UE shall release the configuration and shall derive the starting OFDM symbol of EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH from PCFICH. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for UEs configured with tm10. |
|
subframePatternConfig Configures the subframes which the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH, except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. If the field is not configured when EPDCCH is configured, the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH in all subframes except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. |
|
transmissionType Indicates whether distributed or localized EPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8A.1. |
– EIMTA-MainConfig
The IE EIMTA-MainConfig is used to specify the eIMTA-RNTI used for eIMTA and the subframes used for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. The IE EIMTA-MainConfigServCell is used to specify the eIMTA related parameters applicable for the concerned serving cell.
EIMTA-MainConfig information element
— ASN1START
EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
eimta-RNTI-r12 C-RNTI,
eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12 ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80},
eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(10))
}
}
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex-r12 INTEGER (1..5),
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12 ENUMERATED {sa2, sa4, sa5},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1250 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList-r12 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
}
}
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
EIMTA-MainConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
eimta-CommandPeriodicity Configures the periodicity to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 13.1. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on. |
|
eimta-CommandSubframeSet Configures the subframe(s) to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI within the periodicity configured by eimta-CommandPeriodicity. The 10 bits correspond to all subframes in the last radio frame within each periodicity. The left most bit is for subframe 0 and so on. Each bit can be of value 0 or 1. The value of 1 means that the corresponding subframe is configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, and the value of 0 means otherwise. In case of TDD as PCell, only the downlink and the special subframes indicated by the UL/ DL configuration in SIB1 can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. In case of FDD as PCell, any of the ten subframes can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. |
|
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band. |
|
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex Index of I, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.4. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band. |
|
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList Configure the MBSFN subframes for the UE on this serving cell. An uplink subframe indicated by the DL/UL subframe configuration in SIB1 can be configured as MBSFN subframe. |
– GWUS-Config
The IE GWUS-Config is used to specify the Group WUS configuration. For the UEs supporting GWUS, E-UTRAN uses GWUS to indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4].
GWUS-Config information element
— ASN1START
GWUS-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
groupAlternation-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
commonSequence-r16 ENUMERATED {g0, g126} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
timeParameters-r16 GWUS-TimeParameters-r16 OPTIONAL, — Cond NoWUSr15
resourceConfigDRX-r16 GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16,
resourceConfig-eDRX-Short-r16 GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need OP
resourceConfig-eDRX-Long-r16 GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, — Cond TimeOffset
probThreshList-r16 GWUS-ProbThreshList-r16 OPTIONAL, — Cond ProbabilityBased
groupNarrowBandList-r16 GWUS-GroupNarrowBandList-r16 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
GWUS-TimeParameters-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
maxDurationFactor-r16 ENUMERATED {one32th, one16th, one8th, one4th},
numPOs-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1} DEFAULT n1,
timeOffsetDRX-r16 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r16 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r16 ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
powerBoost-r16 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB1dot8, dB3, dB4dot8} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…
}
GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
resourceMappingPattern-r16 CHOICE {
resourceLocationWithWUS ENUMERATED {primary, secondary, primary3FDM},
resourceLocationWithoutWUS ENUMERATED {n0, n2}
},
numGroupsList-r16 GWUS-NumGroupsList-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need OP
groupsForServiceList-r16 GWUS-GroupsForServiceList-r16 OPTIONAL — Cond ProbabilityBased
}
GWUS-GroupsForServiceList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGWUS-ProbThresholds-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxGWUS-Groups-1-r16)
GWUS-GroupNarrowBandList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)) OF BOOLEAN
GWUS-NumGroupsList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGWUS-Resources-r16)) OF GWUS-NumGroups-r16
GWUS-ProbThreshList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGWUS-ProbThresholds-r16)) OF GWUS-PagingProbThresh-r16
GWUS-NumGroups-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}
GWUS-PagingProbThresh-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {p20, p30, p40, p50, p60, p70, p80, p90}
— ASN1STOP
|
GWUS-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
commonSequence Presence of the field indicates common WUS sequence is configured. Value g0 indicates common WUS sequence for the shared WUS resource corresponds to g = 0, and value g126 indicates common WUS sequence for the shared WUS resource corresponds to g = 126, see TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
groupAlternation Presence of the field enables WUS group alternation between the two or more WUS resources for the gap type, see TS 36.304 [4]. |
|
groupNarrowBandList List indicating which paging narrowbands support group WUS see TS 36.304 [4]. First entry in the list indicates WUS support for first paging narrowband, second entry in the list indicates WUS support for second paging narrowband, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes groupNarrowBandList, the number of entries is equal to the value of paging-narrowBands. If this list is absent, group WUS is supported on all paging narrowbands. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when RRC_INACTIVE is used in the cell. |
|
groupsForServiceList Number of WUS groups for each paging probability group see TS 36.304 [4]. The first entry corresponds to the first probability group, the second entry corresponds to the second paging probability group, and so on. Total number of WUS groups in this list cannot be more than the total number of WUS groups in numGroupsList. If E-UTRAN includes groupsForServiceList, it includes the same number of entries and listed in the same order as in probThreshList. |
|
numGroupsList List of WUS groups for each WUS resource see TS 36.304 [4]. First entry corresponds to the first resource, second entry corresponds to the second resource, and so on. numGroupsList is mandatory present in resourceConfigDRX. If numGroupsList is not present in resourceConfig-eDRX-Short, parameter for DRX WUS resource applies for short eDRX WUS resource. If numGroupsList is not present in resourceConfig-eDRX-Long, parameter for short eDRX WUS resource applies for long eDRX WUS resource. |
|
probThreshList Paging probability thresholds corresponding to the paging probability groups, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value p20 corresponds to 20%, value p30 corresponds to 30%, and so on. |
|
resourceConfigDRX, resourceConfig-eDRX-Short, resourceConfig-eDRX-Long WUS resource configured for each gap type see TS 36.304 [4]. If resourceConfig-eDRX-Short is not present, DRX WUS parameters apply for short eDRX WUS resource. If resourceConfig-eDRX-Long is not present, short eDRX WUS parameters apply for long eDRX WUS resource. |
|
resourceMappingPattern Identifies the WUS resource mapping to time/frequency as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. If wus-Config-r15 is present in SystemInformationBlockType2, the field is set to value resourceLocationWithWUS; otherwise the field is set to value resourceLocationWithoutWUS. |
|
timeParameters Time domain WUS configuration information. For individual field descriptions, see WUS-Config. If the field is absent, the parameters in wus-Config apply. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
NoWUSr15 |
The field is mandatory present if wus-Config-r15 is not present in SystemInformationBlockType2; otherwise the field is not present. |
|
ProbabilityBased |
The field is mandatory present if paging probability based WUS group selection is configured; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
TimeOffset |
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if timeOffset-eDRX-Long is present in timeParameters; otherwise the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– LogicalChannelConfig
The IE LogicalChannelConfig is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
LogicalChannelConfig information element
— ASN1START
LogicalChannelConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE {
priority INTEGER (1..16),
prioritisedBitRate ENUMERATED {
kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128,
kBps256, infinity, kBps512-v1020, kBps1024-v1020,
kBps2048-v1020, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1},
bucketSizeDuration ENUMERATED {
ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2,
spare1},
logicalChannelGroup INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL, — Cond UL
…,
[[ logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL — Cond SRmask
]],
[[ logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ laa-UL-Allowed-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer-r14 ENUMERATED {
s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, s1dot6, s3, s6, s12,
s30} OPTIONAL –Need OR
]],
[[ allowedTTI-Lengths-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
shortTTI-r15 BOOLEAN,
subframeTTI-r15 BOOLEAN
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
logicalChannelSR-Restriction-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {spucch, pucch}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
channelAccessPriority-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup INTEGER (1..4)
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
lch-CellRestriction-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (maxServCell-r13)) OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[
bitRateMultiplier-r16 ENUMERATED {x40, x70, x100, x200} OPTIONAL — Need OR
]]
}
— ASN1STOP
|
LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
allowedTTI-Lengths Indicates the allowed TTI lengths for the logical channel. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the logical channel using any TTI length. |
|
bitRateMultiplier Bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value x40 indicates bit rate multiplier 40, value x70 indicates bit rate multiplier 70 and so on. |
|
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.18, in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4 means 0.4s and so on. |
|
bucketSizeDuration Bucket Size Duration for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. |
|
channelAccessPriority Indicates the channel access priority class for the logical channel. UE shall select the lowest channel access priority class (i.e. highest signalled value) of the logical channel with MAC SDU multiplexed into the MAC PDU. MAC CEs except padding BSR apply the highest channel access priority class (i.e. lowest signalled value) , as defined in TS 36.300 [9]. |
|
laa-UL-Allowed Indicates whether the data of a logical channel is allowed to be transmitted via UL of LAA SCells. Value TRUE indicates that the logical channel is allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells. Value FALSE indicates that the logical channel is not allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells. |
|
lch-CellRestriction Indicates cells which are restricted for the logical channel, The bit is set to 1 if the cell is restricted and to 0 if the cell is not restricted, for each cell. The least significant bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 0, the next bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 1, and so on. If the cell is restricted for the logical channel, then data for the logical channel is not allowed to be sent using that cell. If the field is not included, no cells are restricted. See also TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.3.1. The restriction is only active when PDCP duplication using CA is activated. |
|
logicalChannelGroup Mapping of logical channel to logical channel group for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
logicalChannelSR-Mask Controlling SR triggering on a logical channel basis when an uplink grant is configured. See TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. E-UTRAN only (optionally) configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) if logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is configured. See TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
logicalChannelSR-Restriction Defines the restricted SR configuration for the logical channel. Value spucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on SPUCCH and value pucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on PUCCH. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the SR on any SR resource. |
|
prioritisedBitRate Prioritized Bit Rate for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in kilobytes/second. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kB/second, kBps8 corresponds to 8 kB/second, kBps16 corresponds to 16 kB/second and so on. Infinity is the only applicable value for SRB1 and SRB2 |
|
priority Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. |
|
shortTTI, subframeTTI For short TTIs and subframe TTIs respectively: Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to transmit using this TTI length for the logical channel and the value FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit using this TTI length for the logical channel. If not configured for a TTI length, then the UE is allowed to transmit this logical channel using this TTI length. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
SRmask |
The field is optionally present if ul-SpecificParameters is present, need OR; otherwise it is not present. |
|
UL |
The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present. |
– LWA-Configuration
The IE LWA-Configuration is used to setup/modify/release LTE-WLAN Aggregation.
— ASN1START
LWA-Configuration-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
lwa-Config-r13 LWA-Config-r13
}
}
LWA-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
lwa-MobilityConfig-r13 WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
lwa-WT-Counter-r13 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ wt-MAC-Address-r14 OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
— ASN1STOP
|
LWA-Configuration field descriptions |
|---|
|
lwa-MobilityConfig Indicates the parameters used for WLAN mobility. |
|
lwa-WT-Counter Indicates the parameter used by UE for WLAN authentication. |
|
wt-MAC-Address Indicates the WT MAC address of the WT handling the LWA operation for the UE. The UE uses this MAC address in uplink transmissions to enable routing of LWA uplink data from the AP to the WT. E-UTRAN configures the field only if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is configured for at least one LWA bearer. |
– LWIP-Configuration
The IE LWIP-Configuration is used to add, modify or release DRBs that are using LWIP Tunnel.
— ASN1START
LWIP-Configuration-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
lwip-Config-r13 LWIP-Config-r13
}
}
LWIP-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
lwip-MobilityConfig-r13 WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
tunnelConfigLWIP-r13 TunnelConfigLWIP-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…
}
— ASN1STOP
|
LWIP-Configuration field descriptions |
|---|
|
lwip-MobilityConfig Indicates the WLAN mobility set for LWIP. |
|
tunnelConfigLWIP Indicates the parameters used for establishing the LWIP tunnel. |
– MAC-MainConfig
The IE MAC-MainConfig is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers. All MAC main configuration parameters can be configured independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), unless explicitly specified otherwise.
MAC-MainConfig information element
— ASN1START
MAC-MainConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8,
n10, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
periodicBSR-Timer PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
retxBSR-Timer RetxBSR-Timer-r12,
ttiBundling BOOLEAN
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
drx-Config DRX-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TimeAlignmentTimer,
phr-Config CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
periodicPHR-Timer ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200,
sf500, sf1000, infinity},
prohibitPHR-Timer ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100,
sf200, sf500, sf1000},
dl-PathlossChange ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity}
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ sr-ProhibitTimer-r9 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ mac-MainConfig-v1020 SEQUENCE {
sCellDeactivationTimer-r10 ENUMERATED {
rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128,
spare} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
extendedBSR-Sizes-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
extendedPHR-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ stag-ToReleaseList-r11 STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
stag-ToAddModList-r11 STAG-ToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
drx-Config-v1130 DRX-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ e-HARQ-Pattern-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
dualConnectivityPHR CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
phr-ModeOtherCG-r12 ENUMERATED {real, virtual}
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
logicalChannelSR-Config-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12 ENUMERATED {sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1}
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ drx-Config-v1310 DRX-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
extendedPHR2-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup
CHOICE {
sf5120 INTEGER(0..1),
sf10240 INTEGER(0..3)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ drx-Config-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup DRX-Config-r13
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ skipUplinkTx-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
skipUplinkTxSPS-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
skipUplinkTxDynamic-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
dataInactivityTimerConfig-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
dataInactivityTimer-r14 DataInactivityTimer-r14
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rai-Activation-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ shortTTI-AndSPT-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
drx-Config-r15 DRX-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
periodicBSR-Timer-r15 ENUMERATED {
sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40,
sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640,
sf1280, sf2560, infinity}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
proc-Timeline-r15 ENUMERATED {nplus4set1, nplus6set1,
nplus6set2, nplus8set2 } OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ssr-ProhibitTimer-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
dormantStateTimers-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sCellHibernationTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {
rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, spare} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dormantSCellDeactivationTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {
rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64,
rf128, rf320, rf640, rf1280, rf2560,
rf5120, rf10240, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ ce-ETWS-CMAS-RxInConn-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ offsetThresholdTA-r17 SetupRelease {OffsetThresholdTA-r17}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sr-ProhibitTimerOffset-r17 SetupRelease {SR-ProhibitTimerOffset-r17}
OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
stag-Id-r11 STAG-Id-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need OP
…
}
DRX-Config ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer ENUMERATED {
psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
psf200},
drx-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED {
psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750,
psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, psf0-v1020,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6,
spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1},
drx-RetransmissionTimer ENUMERATED {
psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
psf24, psf33},
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
sf20 INTEGER(0..19),
sf32 INTEGER(0..31),
sf40 INTEGER(0..39),
sf64 INTEGER(0..63),
sf80 INTEGER(0..79),
sf128 INTEGER(0..127),
sf160 INTEGER(0..159),
sf256 INTEGER(0..255),
sf320 INTEGER(0..319),
sf512 INTEGER(0..511),
sf640 INTEGER(0..639),
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
sf2560 INTEGER(0..2559)
},
shortDRX SEQUENCE {
shortDRX-Cycle ENUMERATED {
sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20,
sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640},
drxShortCycleTimer INTEGER (1..16)
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
DRX-Config-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130 ENUMERATED {psf0-v1130} OPTIONAL, –Need OR
longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 CHOICE {
sf60-v1130 INTEGER(0..59),
sf70-v1130 INTEGER(0..69)
} OPTIONAL, –Need OR
shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 ENUMERATED {sf4-v1130} OPTIONAL –Need OR
}
DRX-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310 SEQUENCE {
sf60-v1310 INTEGER(0..59)
} OPTIONAL –Need OR
}
DRX-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer-v1310 ENUMERATED {psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600,
psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600}
OPTIONAL, –Need OR
drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310 ENUMERATED {psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96, psf112,
psf128, psf160, psf320}
OPTIONAL, –Need OR
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
psf24, psf33, psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96,
psf112, psf128, psf160, psf320}
OPTIONAL –Need OR
}
DRX-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
tti10, tti20, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96,
tti112,tti128, tti160, tti320} OPTIONAL, –Need OR
drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
tti0, tti1, tti2, tti4, tti6, tti8, tti16,
tti24, tti33, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96, tti112,
tti128, tti160, tti320} OPTIONAL –Need OR
}
PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {
sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560,
infinity, spare1}
RetxBSR-Timer-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {
sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120,
sf10240, spare2, spare1}
OffsetThresholdTA-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {
ms0dot5, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6 ,ms7,
ms8, ms9, ms10, ms11, ms12, ms13, ms14, ms15
}
SR-ProhibitTimerOffset-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {
ms90, ms180, ms270, ms360,
ms450, ms540, ms1080, spare
}
STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-Id-r11
STAG-ToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-ToAddMod-r11
STAG-ToAddMod-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
stag-Id-r11 STAG-Id-r11,
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG-r11 TimeAlignmentTimer,
…
}
STAG-Id-r11::= INTEGER (1..maxSTAG-r11)
— ASN1STOP
|
MAC-MainConfig field descriptions |
||
|---|---|---|
|
ce-ETWS-CMAS-RxInConn Indicates UE shall monitor for ETWS/CMAS notification on control channels associated with the shared data channel in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1. |
||
|
dl-PathlossChange DL Pathloss Change and the change of the required power backoff due to power management (as allowed by P-MPRc, see TS 36.101 [42]) for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB3 corresponds to 3 dB and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell). |
||
|
dormantSCellDeactivationTimer SCell deactivation timer for UEs supporting dormant state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field dormantSCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell. |
||
|
drx-Config Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN configures the values in DRX-Config-v1130 only if the UE indicates support for IDC indication. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-v1130, drx-Config-v1310 and drx-Config-r13 only if drx-Config (without suffix) is configured. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-r13 only if UE supports CE or if the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell. |
||
|
drx-InactivityTimer Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. |
||
|
drx-RetransmissionTimer Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130 or drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore drx-RetransmissionTimer (i.e. without suffix). |
||
|
drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti10 corresponds to 10 TTIs, value tti20 corresponds to 20 TTIs and so on. |
||
|
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 correponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. |
||
|
drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti0 corresponds to 0 TTIs and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value tti1 corresponds to 1 TTI and so on. |
||
|
drxShortCycleTimer Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in multiples of shortDRX-Cycle. A value of 1 corresponds to shortDRX-Cycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * shortDRX-Cycle and so on. |
||
|
dualConnectivityPHR Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using Dual Connectivity Power Headroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). For both LTE DC and (NG)EN-DC, if PHR functionality is configured, E-UTRAN always configures the value setup for this field and configures phr-Config and dualConnectivityPHR. For LTE DC, E-UTRAN configures the field for both CGs while for (NG)EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures the field only for MCG. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when a DAPS bearer is configured. |
||
|
e-HARQ-Pattern TRUE indicates that enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling is enabled for FDD. E-UTRAN enables this field only when ttiBundling is set to TRUE. |
||
|
eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset Indicates longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. The value of drxStartOffset, in number of subframes, is indicated by the value of eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset multiplied by 2560 plus the offset value configured in longDRX-CycleStartOffset. E-UTRAN only configures value setup when the value in longDRX-CycleStartOffset is sf2560. |
||
|
extendedBSR-Sizes If value setup is configured, the BSR index indicates extended BSR size levels as defined in TS 36.321 [6], Table 6.1.3.1-2. |
||
|
extendedPHR Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headroom Report MAC control element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if more than one and up to eight Serving Cell(s) with uplink is configured and none of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven and if PUCCH on SCell is not configured and if dual connectivity is not configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR only if phr-Config is configured. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when a DAPS bearer is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR if phr-Config is released. |
||
|
extendedPHR2 Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headeroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if any of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven in case dual connectivity is not configured or if PUCCH SCell (with any number of serving cells with uplink configured) is configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR2 only if phr-Config is configured. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when a DAPS bearer is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR2 if phr-Config is released. |
||
|
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer Timer used to delay the transmission of an SR for logical channels enabled by logicalChannelSR-Prohibit. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.321 [6]. |
||
|
longDRX-CycleStartOffset longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6] unless eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset is configured. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. If shortDRX-Cycle is configured, the value of longDRX-Cycle shall be a multiple of the shortDRX-Cycle value. The value of drxStartOffset value is in number of sub-frames. In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix). In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix). |
||
|
maxHARQ-Tx Maximum number of transmissions for UL HARQ in TS 36.321 [6]. |
||
|
mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig TRUE indicates E-UTRAN may send UL HARQ-ACK feedback or UL grant corresponding to a new transmission for early termination of PUSCH transmission, or positive acknowledgement of completed PUSCH transmissions as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.212 [22]. In case of acknowledgement of RRC Connection Release, MPDCCH monitoring is terminated. |
||
|
offsetThresholdTA Offset for TA reporting as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value ms0dot5 corresponds to 0.5 millisecond, value ms1 corresponds to 1 millisecond and so on. |
||
|
onDurationTimer Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case onDurationTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore onDurationTimer (i.e. without suffix). |
||
|
periodicBSR-Timer Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. |
||
|
periodicPHR-Timer Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on. |
||
|
phr-ModeOtherCG Indicates the mode (i.e. real or virtual) used for the PHR of the activated cells that are part of the other Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), when DC is configured. |
||
|
proc-Timeline Minimum processing timeline for short TTI with subslot operation. Value nplus4set1 indicates processing time n+4 for set 1, value nplus6set1 indicates processing time n+6 for set 1, value nplus6set2 indicates processing time n+6 for set and value nplus8set2 indicates processing time n+8 for set 2. See also UE capability min-Proc-TimelineSubslot for sTTI. |
||
|
prohibitPHR-Timer Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf0 corresponds to 0 subframes and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, sf100 corresponds to 100 subframes and so on. |
||
|
rai-Activation Activation of release assistance indication (RAI) in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs. |
||
|
retxBSR-Timer Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf640 corresponds to 640 sub-frames, sf1280 corresponds to 1280 sub-frames and so on. |
||
|
sCellDeactivationTimer SCell deactivation timer in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. If the field is absent, the UE shall delete any existing value for this field and assume the value to be set to infinity. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field sCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell. |
||
|
sCellHibernationTimer SCell hibernation timer for UEs supporting dormant SCell state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field sCellHibernationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell. |
||
|
shortDRX-Cycle Short DRX cycle in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on. In case shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore shortDRX-Cycle (i.e. without suffix). Short DRX cycle is not configured for UEs in CE. |
||
|
skipUplinkTxDynamic If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for an uplink grant other than a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6]. |
||
|
skipUplinkTxSPS If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures skipUplinkTxSPS when there is at least one SPS configuration with semiPersistSchedIntervalUL shorter than sf10 or when at least one SPS-ConfigUL-STTI is configured for the cell group. |
||
|
sr-ProhibitTimer Timer for SR transmission on PUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any serving cell with PUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23], table 10.1.5-1. If sr-ProhibitTimerOffset is present, actual value of sr-ProhibitTimer = CEIL (sr-ProhibitTimerOffset/ SR period) + signalled value of sr-ProhibitTimer. |
||
|
sr-ProhibitTimerOffset Time offset for SR transmission on PUCCH. Value in milliseconds. Value ms90 corresponds to 90 ms, value ms180 corresponds to 180 ms and so on. |
||
|
ssr-ProhibitTimer Timer for prohibiting SR transmission on SPUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any serving cell with SPUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, value 2 corresponds to 2 SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23], table 10.1.5-1. |
||
|
stag-Id Indicates the TAG of an SCell, see TS 36.321 [6]. Uniquely identifies the TAG within the scope of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). If the field is not configured for an SCell (e.g. absent in MAC-MainConfigSCell), the SCell is part of the PTAG. |
||
|
stag-ToAddModList, stag-ToReleaseList Used to configure one or more STAGs. E-UTRAN ensures that a STAG contains at least one SCell with configured uplink. If, due to SCell release a reconfiguration would result in an ’empty’ TAG, E-UTRAN includes release of the concerned TAG. |
||
|
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG Indicates the value of the time alignment timer for an STAG, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
||
|
ttiBundling TRUE indicates that TTI bundling TS 36.321 [6] is enabled while FALSE indicates that TTI bundling is disabled. TTI bundling can be enabled for FDD and for TDD for configurations 0, 1 and 6 and additionally for configurations 2 and 3 when symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14 is configured. The functionality is performed independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), but E-UTRAN does not configure TTI bundling for the SCG. For a TDD PCell, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously enable TTI bundling and semi-persistent scheduling in this release of specification. Furthermore, for a Cell Group, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and SCells with configured uplink, and E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and eIMTA. |
||
– P-C-AndCBSR
The IE P-C-AndCBSR is used to specify the power control and codebook subset restriction configuration.
P-C-AndCBSR information elements
— ASN1START
P-C-AndCBSR-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-C-r11 INTEGER (-8..15),
codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 BIT STRING
}
P-C-AndCBSR-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-C-r13 INTEGER (-8..15),
cbsr-Selection-r13 CHOICE{
nonPrecoded-r13 SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction1-r13 BIT STRING,
codebookSubsetRestriction2-r13 BIT STRING
},
beamformedK1a-r13 SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13 BIT STRING
},
beamformedKN-r13 SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction-r13 BIT STRING
}
},
…
}
P-C-AndCBSR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-C-r15 INTEGER (-8..15),
codebookSubsetRestriction4-r15 BIT STRING
}
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r11
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r13
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r15
— ASN1STOP
|
P-C-AndCBSR field descriptions |
|---|
|
cbsr-Selection Indicates which codebook subset restriction parameter(s) are to be used. E-UTRAN applies values nonPrecoded when eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedK1a when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to TRUE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured and alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE. |
|
codebookSubsetRestriction Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.211 [21]. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
codebookSubsetRestriction1 Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction1, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1d. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction1 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
codebookSubsetRestriction2 Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction2, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1e. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction2 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
codebookSubsetRestriction3 Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction3, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1f. The UE shall ignore codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 or codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 if codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13 is configured. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction3 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
codebookSubsetRestriction4 Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction4, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction4 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
p-C Parameter: |
|
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair E-UTRAN includes a single entry if the UE is configured with TM9. If the UE is configured with TM10 and E-UTRAN includes 2 entries, this indicates that the subframe patterns configured for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting (i.e. as defined by field csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2, or as defined by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12) are to be used for this CSI process, while including a single entry indicates that the subframe patterns are not to be used for this CSI process. For a UE configured with TM10, E-UTRAN does not include 2 entries with csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 for CSI processes concerning a secondary frequency. Furthermore, E-UTRAN includes 2 entries when configuring both cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex and cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2. |
– PDCCH-ConfigSCell
The IE PDCCH-ConfigSCell specifies PDCCH monitoring parameters that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell.
PDCCH-ConfigSCell information element
— ASN1START
PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B-r14 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B-r14 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0A-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4A-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0B-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4B-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n33, n66, n100}
PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n50, n100, n150}
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL2-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL3-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL4-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13
}
}
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r14 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL2-r14 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL3-r14 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL4-r14 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r14 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PDCCH-ConfigSCell field descriptions |
|
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 0B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. |
|
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 4B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. |
|
skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0/1A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1. |
|
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0A as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 4A as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
pdcch-candidateReductionALx Indicates reduced (E)PDCCH monitoring requirements on UE specific search space of the x-th aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1. Value n0 corresponds to 0%, value n33 corresponds to 33% and so on. |
|
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx Indicates number of blind detections on UE specific search space for each aggregation layer as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The field can only be present when the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell. If pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx is not configured, pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13 applies to the corresponding DCIs (if configured). |
– PDCP-Config
The IE PDCP-Config is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers.
PDCP-Config information element
— ASN1START
PDCP-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
discardTimer ENUMERATED {
ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500,
ms750, ms1500, infinity
} OPTIONAL, — Cond Setup
rlc-AM SEQUENCE {
statusReportRequired BOOLEAN
} OPTIONAL, — Cond Rlc-AM-UM
rlc-UM SEQUENCE {
pdcp-SN-Size ENUMERATED {len7bits, len12bits}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond Rlc-UM
headerCompression CHOICE {
notUsed NULL,
rohc SEQUENCE {
maxCID INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
profiles SEQUENCE {
profile0x0001 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0002 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0003 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0004 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0006 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0101 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0102 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0103 BOOLEAN,
profile0x0104 BOOLEAN
},
…
}
},
…,
[[ rn-IntegrityProtection-r10 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL — Cond RN
]],
[[ pdcp-SN-Size-v1130 ENUMERATED {len15bits} OPTIONAL — Cond Rlc-AM2
]],
[[ ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
t-Reordering-r12 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140,
ms160, ms180, ms200, ms220, ms240, ms260, ms280, ms300,
ms500, ms750, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Cond SetupS
]],
[[ ul-DataSplitThreshold-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {
b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, b12800,
b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600, b819200,
spare1}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdcp-SN-Size-v1310 ENUMERATED {len18bits} OPTIONAL, — Cond Rlc-AM3
statusFeedback-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
statusPDU-TypeForPolling-r13 ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90,
ms100, ms150, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms5000,
ms10000, ms20000, ms50000} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90,
ms100, ms150, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms5000,
ms10000, ms20000, ms50000} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms25, ms50, ms100, ms250, ms500,
ms2500, ms5000, ms25000} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ ul-LWA-Config-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN-r14 BOOLEAN,
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold-r14 ENUMERATED {
b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400,
b12800, b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600,
b819200 } OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression-r14 CHOICE {
notUsed-r14 NULL,
rohc-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxCID-r14 INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
profiles-r14 SEQUENCE {
profile0x0006-r14 BOOLEAN
},
…
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ uplinkDataCompression-r15 SEQUENCE {
bufferSize-r15 ENUMERATED {kbyte2, kbyte4, kbyte8, spare1},
dictionary-r15 ENUMERATED {sip-SDP, operator} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…
} OPTIONAL,– Cond Rlc-AM4
pdcp-DuplicationConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pdcp-Duplication-r15 ENUMERATED {configured, activated}
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[
ethernetHeaderCompression-r16 SetupRelease {EthernetHeaderCompression-r16} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ discardTimerExt-r17 SetupRelease {DiscardTimerExt-r17} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
EthernetHeaderCompression-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
ehc-Common-r16 SEQUENCE {
ehc-CID-Length-r16 ENUMERATED {bits7, bits15}
},
ehc-Downlink-r16 SEQUENCE {
drb-ContinueEHC-DL-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL,– Need ON
ehc-Uplink-r16 SEQUENCE {
maxCID-EHC-UL-r16 INTEGER (1..32767),
drb-ContinueEHC-UL-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…
}
DiscardTimerExt-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {ms2000, spare}
— ASN1STOP
|
PDCP-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
bufferSize Indicates the buffer size applied for UDC specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value kbyte2 means 2048 bytes, kbyte4 means 4096 bytes and so on. |
|
dictionary Indicates which pre-defined dictionary is used for UDC as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The value sip-SDP means that UE shall prefill the buffer with standard dictionary for SIP and SDP defined in TS 36.323 [8], and the value operator means that UE shall prefill the buffer with operator-defined dictionary. |
|
discardTimer Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 means 50 ms, ms100 means 100 ms and so on. |
|
discardTimerExt Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms2000 means 2000 ms. The UE shall use the extended value discardTimerExt, if present, and ignore the value signaled by discardTimer. |
|
drb-ContinueEHC-DL Indicates whether the PDCP entity continues or resets the downlink EHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The field is configured only in case of resuming an RRC connection or reconfiguration with sync, where the PDCP termination point is not changed and the fullConfig is not indicated. |
|
drb-ContinueEHC-UL Indicates whether the PDCP entity continues or resets the uplink EHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The field is configured only in case of resuming an RRC connection or reconfiguration with sync, where the PDCP termination point is not changed and the fullConfig is not indicated. |
|
ehc-CID-Length Indicates the length of the CID field for EHC packet. Once the field ethernetHeaderCompression-r16 is configured for a DRB, the value of the field ehc-CID-Length for this DRB is not reconfigured to a different value. |
|
ehc-Common Indicates the configurations that apply for both downlink and uplink. |
|
ehc-Downlink Indicates the configurations that apply for only downlink. If the field is configured, then Ethernet header compression is configured for downlink. Otherwise, it is not configured for downlink. |
|
ehc-Uplink Indicates the configurations that apply for only uplink. If the field is configured, then Ethernet header compression is configured for uplink. Otherwise, it is not configured for uplink. |
|
ethernetHeaderCompression This field configures Ethernet Header Compression. This field can only be configured for DRB. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure ethernetHeaderCompression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure ethernetHeaderCompression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not configure this field if uplinkDataCompression is configured. E-UTRAN does not configure this field for split and LWA DRBs. |
|
headerCompression E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment, and without any drb-ContinueROHC. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not configure header compression while t-Reordering is configured except for DAPS bearers. E-UTRAN only configures this field when neither uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression nor uplinkDataCompression is configured. If headerCompression is configured, the UE shall apply the configured ROHC profile(s) in both uplink and downlink. ROHC and EHC can be both configured simultaneously for a DRB. |
|
maxCID Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE. |
|
maxCID-EHC-UL Indicates the value of the MAX_CID_EHC_UL parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CID_EHC_UL across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberEHC-Contexts parameter as indicated by the UE. |
|
pdcp-Duplication Parameter for configuring PDCP duplication as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value configured indicates that PDCP duplication is configured but initially deactivated and value activated indicates that PDCP duplication is configured and activated upon configuration. For EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures PDCP duplication for MCG DRB only if PDCP duplication is not configured for any split DRB. PDCP duplication is not supported during a DAPS handover. |
|
pdcp-SN-Size Indicates the PDCP Sequence Number length in bits. For RLC UM: value len7bits means that the 7-bit PDCP SN format is used and len12bits means that the 12-bit PDCP SN format is used. For RLC AM: value len15bits means that the 15-bit PDCP SN format is used, value len18bits means that the 18-bit PDCP SN format is used, otherwise if the field is not included upon setup of the PCDP entity 12-bit PDCP SN format is used, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. |
|
profiles The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSB’s is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied. |
|
statusFeedback Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP Status Report periodically or by E-UTRAN polling as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN configures this field only for LWA DRB. |
|
statusPDU-TypeForPolling Indicates the PDCP Control PDU option when it is triggered by E-UTRAN polling. Value type1 indicates using the legacy PDCP Control PDU for PDCP status reporting and value type2 indicates using the LWA specific PDCP Control PDU for LWA status reporting as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. |
|
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1 Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type1 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on. |
|
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2 Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type2 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on. |
|
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset Indicates the value of the offset for type2 Status PDU periodicity, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms1 means 1 ms, ms2 means 2 ms and so on. |
|
t-Reordering Indicates the value of the reordering timer, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms20 means 20 ms and so on. |
|
rn-IntegrityProtection Indicates that integrity protection or verification shall be applied for all subsequent packets received and sent by the RN on the DRB. |
|
statusReportRequired Indicates whether or not the UE shall send a PDCP Status Report upon re-establishment of the PDCP entity, upon PDCP data recovery, upon uplink data switching during DAPS handover and upon release of the source cell after DAPS handover as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. If the UE supports DAPS handover, for RLC UM radio bearers, the field has the value FALSE if it has not been configured. |
|
ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via SCG as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for split DRBs. For PDCP duplication, if this field is set to TRUE, the primary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity. If this field is not configured or set to FALSE, the primary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity. |
|
ul-DataSplitThreshold Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b100 means 100 Bytes, b200 means 200 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for split DRBs. |
|
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via the LWAAP entity as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E‑UTRAN only configures this field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for LWA DRBs. |
|
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b0 means 0 Bytes, b100 means 100 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for LWA DRBs. |
|
uplinkDataCompression Indicates the UDC configuration that the UE shall apply. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for a DRB, if ethernetHeaderCompression, headerCompression or uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression is already configured for the DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for the split and LWA DRBs.The maximum number of DRBs where uplinkDataCompression can be applied is two. In this version of the specification, for existing DRBs, E-UTRAN can only (re)configure uplinkDataCompression via handover procedure or the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after RRC connection re-establishment. |
|
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression Indicates the ROHC configuration that the UE shall apply uplink-only ROHC operations, see TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures this field when headerCompression is not configured. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN configures only notUsed. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
Rlc-AM-UM |
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need ON, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover, at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment or at SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment or PDCP data recovery for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. If the UE supports DAPS handover, this field is optional, need ON, for a radio bearer configured with RLC UM. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
Rlc-AM2 |
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
Rlc-AM3 |
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM, if pdcp-SN-Size-v1130 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
Rlc-AM4 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need OP, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover, or at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall continue to use the existing value. |
|
Rlc-UM |
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC UM. It is optionally present, Need ON, upon handover within E-UTRA, upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment and upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
RN |
The field is optionally present when signalled to the RN, need OR. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
Setup |
The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. |
|
SetupS |
The field is mandatory present in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a split DRB or LWA DRB as well as in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a DRB associated with at least one RLC entity configured with rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery. The field is optionally present upon reconfiguration of a split DRB or LWA DRB or upon DRB type change from split to MCG DRB or from LWA to LTE only as well as upon reconfiguration of a DRB associated with at least one RLC entity configured with rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery, need ON. Otherwise the field is not present. |
– PDSCH-Config
The IE PDSCH-ConfigCommon and the IE PDSCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PDSCH configuration respectively.
PDSCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
referenceSignalPower INTEGER (-60..50),
p-b INTEGER (0..3)
}
PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13 ENUMERATED {
r16, r32 } OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13 ENUMERATED {
r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
r1536, r2048} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated::= SEQUENCE {
p-a ENUMERATED {
dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-r11 DMRS-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
qcl-Operation ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 ::= SEQUENCE {
tbsIndexAlt-r12 ENUMERATED {a26, a33} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-v1310 DMRS-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14 ENUMERATED {range1, range2} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tbsIndexAlt2-r14 ENUMERATED {b33} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
qcl-Operation-v1530 ENUMERATED {typeC} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tbs-IndexAlt3-r15 ENUMERATED {a37} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config-r15 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
altMCS-TableScalingConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {oDot5, oDot625, oDot75, oDot875} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16 SetupRelease {CE-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16}
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config-r17 SetupRelease {CE-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config-r17} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ce-PDSCH-maxTBS-r17 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
tbsIndexAlt2-r14 ENUMERATED {b33} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CE-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
interleaving-r16 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
harq-AckBundling-r16 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CE-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-HARQ-AckDelay-r17 ENUMERATED {alt-1, alt-2e}
}
RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11
RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
pdsch-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11,
optionalSetOfFields-r11 SEQUENCE {
crs-PortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
crs-FreqShift-r11 INTEGER (0..5),
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-Start-r11 ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned}
} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…,
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430
}
} OPTIONAL — Need OP
]],
[[ codewordOneConfig-v1530 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
crs-PortsCount-v1530 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
crs-FreqShift-v1530 INTEGER (0..5),
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1530 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL,
mbsfn-SubframeConfigListExt-v1530 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL,
pdsch-Start-v1530 ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned},
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 OPTIONAL
}
} OPTIONAL — Cond TypeC
]]
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PDSCH-Config field descriptions |
|
|
altMCS-TableScalingConfig Presence of the field indicates activation of 6-bit MCS table (i.e., altMCS-Table) for UE indicating support for altMCS-Table, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. The indicated value configures the parameter altMCS-Table-Scaling where value oDot5 corresponds to scaling factor 0.5, value oDot625 corresponds to scaling factor 0.625 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig Configures the UE supporting alternative CQI table to use the alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
ce-HARQ-AckBundling Activation of PDSCH HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
ce-HARQ-AckDelay Configures the HARQ ACK delay between different subframe types and absolute subframes when UE is configured with 14 HARQ, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value alt-1 corresponds to Alt-1 and value alt-2e corresponds to Alt-2e. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config Indicates whether 14-HARQ is enabled for HD-FDD Cat M1 UE, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN may set this field to setup only when DL multi-TB scheduling is not enabled and PUCCH repetition with HARQ-ACK bundling is not configured. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config Activation of 64 QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig Activation of flexible starting PRB for PDSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz, and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If this field is absent, the UE shall release any existing value and set the maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B to 1.4 MHz. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. The max bandwidth can by configured to 5MHz for BL UEs and 5MHz or 20MHz for UEs in CE. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-maxTBS Indicates whether DL TBS of 1736 bits is enabled for HD-FDD Cat M1 UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config Indicates whether DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, i.e., a single DCI can schedule up to 8 PDSCH transport blocks in CE mode A and up to 4 PDSCH transport blocks in CE mode B. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.11. |
|
|
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses Configuration of 10 (instead of 8) DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
ce-SchedulingEnhancement Activation of dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD for PDSCH in CE mode A controlled by the DCI, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value range1 corresponds to the first range of HARQ-ACK delays, and value range2 corresponds to second range of HARQ-ACK delays. |
|
|
codewordOneConfig The field corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. If absent, the UE applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency. |
|
|
harq-AckBundling Indicates whether HARQ-ACK bundling for DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.3. |
|
|
interleaving Indicates whether interleaving for DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.11. |
|
|
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If optionalSetOfFields is absent, the fields mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 and mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 are released. |
|
|
optionalSetOfFields If absent, the UE releases the configuration provided previously, if any, and applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530, this field corresponds to codeword 0, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. |
|
|
p-a Parameter: |
|
|
p-b Parameter: |
|
|
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
pdsch-Start The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on. If the field pdsch-Start-v1530 is also configured, E-UTRAN ensures that this value is the same as pdsch-Start (i.e., without suffix). |
|
|
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId Indicates the CSI-RS resource that is quasi co-located with the PDSCH antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.9. E-UTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB or qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC, the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 corresponds to codeword 0, and the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.. |
|
|
qcl-Operation Indicates the quasi co-location behaviour to be used by the UE, type A, type B, or type C, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. In case qcl-Operation-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the field qcl-Operation (without suffix). E-UTRAN configures qcl-Operation-v1530 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency and QCL type C is configured. |
|
|
referenceSignalPower Parameter: Reference-signal power, which provides the downlink reference-signal EPRE, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. The actual value in dBm. |
|
|
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList, re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures at least one PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. Otherwise it does not configure this field. |
|
|
tbsIndexAlt Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 26 and 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1), to all subframes scheduled by DCI format 2C or 2D. Value a26 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 26A, and value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If this field is not configured, the UE shall use ITBS 26 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2 configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. |
|
|
tbsIndexAlt2 Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. |
|
|
tbs-IndexAlt3 Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A. |
|
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
TypeC |
The field is optional, need ON when qcl-Operation is configured with typeC. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId
The IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId is used to identify a set of PDSCH parameters related to resource element mapping and quasi co-location, as configured by the IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId information elements
— ASN1START
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)
— ASN1STOP
– PerCC-GapIndicationList
The IE PerCC-GapIndicationList is used to specify the UE measurement gap preference.
PerCC-GapIndication information elements
— ASN1START
PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF PerCC-GapIndication-r14
PerCC-GapIndication-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
servCellId-r14 ServCellIndex-r13,
gapIndication-r14 ENUMERATED {gap, ncsg, nogap-noNcsg}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PerCC-GapIndication field descriptions |
|---|
|
servCellId This field identifies the serving cell for which the measurement gap perference is provided. |
|
gapIndication This field is used to indicate the measurement gap preference per component carrier (serving cell) by the UE both in non-CA and CA configurations. Value gap indicates that a measurement gap is needed for the associated servCellId, value nogap-noNcsg indicates that neither a measurement gap nor a ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId, value ncsg indicates that ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId. The UE shall indicate the per CC measurement gap preference consistently for the same non-CA or CA configuration and measurement configuration during the same RRC connection. |
– PHICH-Config
The IE PHICH-Config is used to specify the PHICH configuration.
PHICH-Config information element
— ASN1START
PHICH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
phich-Duration ENUMERATED {normal, extended},
phich-Resource ENUMERATED {oneSixth, half, one, two}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PHICH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
phich-Duration Parameter: PHICH-Duration, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.9.3-1. |
|
phich-Resource Parameter: Ng, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.9. Value oneSixth corresponds to 1/6, half corresponds to 1/2 and so on. |
– PhysicalConfigDedicated
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration.
PhysicalConfigDedicated information element
— ASN1START
PhysicalConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
pdsch-ConfigDedicated PDSCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated PUCCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated PUSCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated UplinkPowerControlDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig CQI-ReportConfig OPTIONAL, — Cond CQI-r8
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue AntennaInfoDedicated,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, — Cond AI-r8
schedulingRequestConfig SchedulingRequestConfig OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ cqi-ReportConfig-v920 CQI-ReportConfig-v920 OPTIONAL, — Cond CQI-r8
antennaInfo-v920 AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 OPTIONAL — Cond AI-r8
]],
[[ antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE {
explicitValue-r10 AntennaInfoDedicated-r10,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, — Cond AI-r10
antennaInfoUL-r10 AntennaInfoUL-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cif-Presence-r10 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 CQI-ReportConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, — Cond CQI-r10
csi-RS-Config-r10 CSI-RS-Config-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
schedulingRequestConfig-v1020 SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ additionalSpectrumEmissionCA-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell-r10 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ — DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
epdcch-Config-r11 EPDCCH-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
— UL configuration
cqi-ReportConfig-v1130 CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ antennaInfo-v1250 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Cond AI-r10
eimta-MainConfig-r12 EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250 CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1250 CSI-RS-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1310 CQI-ReportConfig-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1310 CSI-RS-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ce-Mode-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA,ce-ModeB}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ cqi-ReportConfig-v1320 CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
must-Config-r14 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
k-max-r14 ENUMERATED {l1, l3},
p-a-must-r14 ENUMERATED {
dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-EnhancementsConfig-r14 PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ce-pdsch-pusch-EnhancementConfig-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
antennaInfo-v1430 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1430 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1430 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Cond PeriodicSRSPCell
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond PeriodicSRSExt
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL, — Cond AperiodicSRS
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond AperiodicSRSExt
csi-RS-Config-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1430 CQI-ReportConfig-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
semiOpenLoop-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ csi-RS-Config-v1480 CSI-RS-Config-v1480 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL,– Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL,– Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL,– Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1530 CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL,– Need ON
antennaInfo-v1530 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL,– Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1530 CSI-RS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL,– Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
semiStaticCFI-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup CHOICE{
cfi-Config-r15 CFI-Config-r15,
cfi-PatternConfig-r15 CFI-PatternConfig-r15
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ spucch-Config-v1550 SPUCCH-Config-v1550 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1610 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1610 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ce-CSI-RS-Feedback-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL-r16 SetupRelease {ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL-r16} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL-r16 SetupRelease {ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL-r16} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16 SetupRelease {SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16 SetupRelease {UplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16 SetupRelease {SoundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
widebandPRG-r16 SetupRelease {WidebandPRG-r16} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1700 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1700 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ntn-ConfigDedicated-r17 SEQUENCE {
pucch-TxDuration-r17 SetupRelease {PUCCH-TxDuration-r17} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-TxDuration-r17 SetupRelease {PUSCH-TxDuration-r17} OPTIONAL — Need ON
} OPTIONAL –Cond NTN
]],
[[
uplinkSegmentedPrecompensationGap-r17 ENUMERATED {sym1,sl1,sf1} OPTIONAL — Need OR
]]
}
PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL — Cond PUCCH-Format4or5
}
PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v13c0 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0
}
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
— DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-r10 CSI-RS-Config-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-r10 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL — Need ON
} OPTIONAL, — Cond SCellAdd
— UL configuration
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfoUL-r10 AntennaInfoUL-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, — Cond PUSCH-SCell1
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL — Need ON
} OPTIONAL, — Cond CommonUL
…,
[[ — DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
epdcch-Config-r11 EPDCCH-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
— UL configuration
cqi-ReportConfig-v1130 CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Cond PUSCH-SCell1
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ antennaInfo-v1250 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eimta-MainConfigSCell-r12
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250 CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1250
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1250 CSI-RS-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ pucch-Cell-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Cond PUCCH-SCell1
pucch-SCell CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
schedulingRequestConfig-r13
SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SCell-r13
TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond PUSCH-SCell
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-r13
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond Cross-Carrier-Config
pdcch-ConfigSCell-r13 PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1310 CQI-ReportConfig-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1310 CSI-RS-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
laa-SCellConfiguration-r13 LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ cqi-ReportConfig-v1320 CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ laa-SCellConfiguration-v1430 LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Cond PeriodicSRS
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond PeriodicSRSExt
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14 OPTIONAL, — Cond AperiodicSRS
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 OPTIONAL, — Cond AperiodicSRSExt
must-Config-r14 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
k-max-r14 ENUMERATED {l1, l3},
p-a-must-r14 ENUMERATED {
dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430 PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1430 CQI-ReportConfig-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
semiOpenLoop-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ csi-RS-Config-v1480 CSI-RS-Config-v1480 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
dummy CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r15 CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cqi-ShortConfigSCell-r15 CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1530 CSI-RS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1530
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
laa-SCellConfiguration-v1530 LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Cond AUL
semiStaticCFI-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup CHOICE{
cfi-Config-r15 CFI-Config-r15,
cfi-PatternConfig-r15 CFI-PatternConfig-r15
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ spucch-Config-v1550 SPUCCH-Config-v1550 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16 SetupRelease {SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16 SetupRelease {UplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16 SetupRelease {SoundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
widebandPRG-r16 SetupRelease {WidebandPRG-r16} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-SCell-v1370 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL — Cond PUCCH-Format4or5
}
}
}
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-SCell-v13c0 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v13c0 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0
}
}
}
CFI-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
cfi-SubframeNonMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cfi-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cfi-SubframeMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cfi-SlotSubslotMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
CFI-PatternConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
cfi-PatternSubframe-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cfi-PatternSlotSubslot-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeStartPosition-r13 ENUMERATED {s0, s07},
laa-SCellSubframeConfig-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
}
LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-UL-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14
}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL
lbt-Config-r14 LBT-Config-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdcch-ConfigLAA-r14 PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
aul-Config-r15 AUL-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ModeConfigLAA-r15 PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
laa-PUSCH-Mode1 BOOLEAN,
laa-PUSCH-Mode2 BOOLEAN,
laa-PUSCH-Mode3 BOOLEAN
}
LBT-Config-r14 ::= CHOICE{
maxEnergyDetectionThreshold-r14 INTEGER(-85..-52),
energyDetectionThresholdOffset-r14 INTEGER(-13..20)
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
antennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
antennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
schedulingRequestConfig-v1530 SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, –Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-r15 CQI-ReportConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-Config-r15 CSI-RS-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eimta-MainConfig-r12 EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
eimta-MainConfigServCell-r15 EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
semiOpenLoopSTTI-r15 BOOLEAN,
slotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
slotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
spdcch-Config-r15 SPDCCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
spucch-Config-r15 SPUCCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig-r15 BOOLEAN,
shortProcessingTime-r15 BOOLEAN,
shortTTI-r15 ShortTTI-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{
srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14
OPTIONAL, — Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r14
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
}
SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{
srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14
OPTIONAL, — Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r14
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
}
ShortTTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
dl-STTI-Length-r15 ShortTTI-Length-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ul-STTI-Length-r15 ShortTTI-Length-r15 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
ShortTTI-Length-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {slot, subslot}
SoundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-VirtualCellID-r16 INTEGER (0..503),
srs-VirtualCellID-AllSRS-r16 BOOLEAN
}
WidebandPRG-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
widebandPRG-Subframe-r16 BOOLEAN,
widebandPRG-SlotSubslot-r16 BOOLEAN
}
ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
resourceReservationDedicatedDL-r16 ResourceReservationConfigDL-r16 OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
resourceReservationDedicatedUL-r16 ResourceReservationConfigUL-r16 OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated field descriptions |
|
|---|---|
|
absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology Presence of this field indicates absence on a long term basis (e.g. by level of regulation) of any other technology sharing the carrier; absence of this field indicates the potential presence of any other technology sharing the carrier, as specified in TS 37.213 [94]. |
|
|
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell E-UTRAN does not configure this field in this release of the specification. |
|
|
antennaInfo A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in clause 9.2.4. |
|
|
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions Enables HARQ-less/blind slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI. |
|
|
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions Enables HARQ-less/blind subframe PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI. |
|
|
ce-CSI-RS-Feedback Indicates whether CSI-RS-based CSI feedback is enabled for non-BL UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2. |
|
|
ce-Mode Indicates the CE mode as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement-Config Activation of new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
cfi-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in non-MBSFN subframes. |
|
|
cfi-SlotSubslotMBSFN Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in MBSFN subframes. |
|
|
cfi-SubframeMBSFN Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in MBSFN subframes. |
|
|
cfi-SubframeNonMBSFN Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in non-MBSFN subframes. |
|
|
cqi-ShortConfigSCell Indicates whether the CSI (CQI/PMI/RI/PTI/CRI) reporting resource configured by cqi-ShortConfigSCell is available upon receiving the SCell activation command for this SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field when transmission mode 1-8 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
|
csi-RS-Config For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
|
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency, EUTRAN configures a maximum number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZP in accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList). |
|
|
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. |
|
|
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
|
dl-STTI-Length, ul-STTI-Length Indicates the DL and UL short TTI lengths. Value slot corresponds to 7 OFDM symbols and value subslot corresponds to 2 or 3 OFDM symbols. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on the same cell. If one SCell is configured with short TTI in the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell, the cell carrying PUCCH shall be configured with short TTI. E-UTRAN can configure different value of dl-STTI-Length and ul-STTI-Length for serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on different cells. E-UTRAN does not configure the combination {slot,subslot} for {DL,UL}. |
|
|
dummy This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
|
eimta-MainConfigPCell, eimta-MainConfigSCell If E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for one serving cell in a frequency band, E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for all serving cells residing on the frequency band. E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell only if eimta-MainConfig is configured. |
|
|
energyDetectionThresholdOffset Indicates the offset to the default maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dB. Value -13 corresponds to -13dB, value -12 corresponds to -12dB, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dB) as specified in TS 37.213 [94]. |
|
|
epdcch-Config indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig. |
|
|
k-max Indicates the maximum number of interfering spatial layers signaled in the assistance information for MUST. Value l1 corresponds to 1 layer, Value l3 corresponds to 3 layers. |
|
|
laa-PUSCH-Mode1, laa-PUSCH-Mode2, laa-PUSCH-Mode3 Indicates whether LAA PUSCH mode 1, 2 and/or 3 is configured as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1. |
|
|
laa-SCellSubframeConfig A bit-map indicating LAA SCell subframe configuration, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated as MBSFN subframe. The bitmap is interpreted as follows: Starting from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, #6, #7, #8, and #9. |
|
|
maxEnergyDetectionThreshold Indicates the absolute maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dBm. Value -85 corresponds to -85 dBm, value -84 corresponds to -84 dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If the field is not configured, the UE shall use a default maximum energy detection threshold value as specified in TS 37.213 [94]. |
|
|
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions. |
|
|
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for subframe PDSCH repetitions. |
|
|
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1. |
|
|
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions Indicates MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1. |
|
|
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the number of HARQ processes for slot/subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell. |
|
|
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the number of HARQ processes for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell. |
|
|
p-a-must Parameter: |
|
|
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
|
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. |
|
|
pucch-Cell If present, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on the PUCCH SCell. If absent, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on PCell or PSCell, or if the cell concerns the PUCCH SCell, on the concerned cell. If this field is not modified upon change of PUCCH SCell, the UE shall always send the PUCCH feedback of the concerned SCell using the configured PUCCH SCell. |
|
|
pucch-ConfigDedicated E-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated (i.e., without suffix) is not configured. UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured. |
|
|
pucch-SCell If present, the concerned SCell is the PUCCH SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field upon SCell addition i.e. this field is only released when the SCell is released. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release. |
|
|
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pusch-ConfigDedicated is not configured. |
|
|
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 only if tpc-SubframeSet is configured. |
|
|
pusch-EnhancementsConfig Indicates that the UE shall transmit in the PUSCH enhancement mode if pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set to setup, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL Indicates whether the DL resource reservation is enabled for the UE, e.g. for NR coexistence. If the field is set to setup and resourceReservationDedicatedDL is not included, then resourceReservationConfigCommonDL in SystemInformationBlockType29 applies. |
|
|
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL Indicates whether the UL resource reservation is enabled for the UE, e.g. for NR coexistence. If the field is set to setup and resourceReservationDedicatedUL is not included, then resourceReservationConfigCommonUL in SystemInformationBlockType29 applies. |
|
|
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the RV cycling sequence for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}. |
|
|
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions Indicates the RV cycling sequence for subframe PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}. |
|
|
semiOpenLoop, semiOpenLoopSTTI Value TRUE indicates that semi-open-loop transmission is used for deriving CSI reporting and corresponding PDSCH transmission (DMRS). |
|
|
shortProcessingTime Indicates whether short processing time is configured as specific in TS 36.321 [6]. An SCell can only be configured with short processing if the cell carrying PUCCH for that SCell is configured with short processing time. |
|
|
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList Indicates periodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14. |
|
|
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList Indicates periodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14. |
|
|
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14. |
|
|
soundingRS-UL-DedicatedApUpPTsExtList Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14. |
|
|
srs-CC-SetIndexList Indicates the srs-CC-SetIndex list which the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic and soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt belongs to. |
|
|
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig Indicates whether SRS triggering via DCI7 is configured. |
|
|
srs-VirtualCellID Indicates the virtual cell ID for SRS. |
|
|
srs-VirtualCellID-AllSRS Value TRUE indicates the configured virtual cell ID is applied to all SRS symbols. Value FALSE indicates the configured virtual cell ID is applied only to additional SRS symbols. |
|
|
subframeStartPosition Indicates possible starting positions of transmission in the first subframe of the DL transmission burst, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value s0 means the starting position is subframe boundary, s07 means the starting position is either subframe boundary or slot boundary. |
|
|
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH PDCCH configuration for power control of PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22]. |
|
|
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH PDCCH configuration for power control of PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22]. |
|
|
typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group Indicates Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell. E-UTRAN configures the UE with either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any. |
|
|
uplinkPowerControlDedicated E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is configured. |
|
|
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 is configured for this serving cell. |
|
|
uplinkSegmentedPrecompensationGap Indicates the gap value between segments for PUSCH and PUCCH for TA pre-compensation. Value sym1 corresponds to 1 symbol, value sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe. |
|
|
widebandPRG-SlotSubslot Indicates whether the precoding resource block group size is the whole scheduled bandwidth for slot or subslot PDSCH operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
widebandPRG-Subframe Indicates whether the precoding resource block group size is the whole scheduled bandwidth for subframe PDSCH operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
AI-r8 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present |
|
AI-r10 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated is absent. Otherwise the field is not present |
|
AperiodicSRS |
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
AperiodicSRSExt |
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
AUL |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if aul-config-r15 is present. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
CommonUL |
The field is mandatory present if ul-Configuration of RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON. |
|
CQI-r8 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present |
|
CQI-r10 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig is absent. Otherwise the field is not present |
|
Cross-Carrier-Config |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present |
|
Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 and crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 are absent or schedulingCellInfo is set to ‘own’. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
NTN |
The field is optionally present, Need ON, for NTN. Otherwise, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
PeriodicSRS |
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
PeriodicSRSPCell |
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
PeriodicSRSExt |
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
PUCCH-Format4or5 |
The field is mandatory present with pucch-Format-v1370 set to setup if pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured and pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 indicates PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
PUCCH-SCell1 |
The field is optionally present, need OR, for SCell not configured with pucch-configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present. |
|
PUSCH-SCell |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 and pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 are absent. Otherwise the field is not present |
|
PUSCH-SCell1 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, for SCell not configured with pucch-configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present. |
|
SCellAdd |
The field is mandatory present if cellIdentification is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON. |
|
SRS-Trigger-TypeA |
The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
NOTE 1: During handover, the UE performs a MAC reset, which involves reverting to the default CQI/ SRS/ SR configuration in accordance with clause 5.3.13 and TS 36.321 [6], clauses 5.9 and 5.2. Hence, for these parts of the dedicated radio resource configuration, the default configuration (rather than the configuration used in the source PCell) is used as the basis for the delta signalling that is included in the message used to perform handover.
NOTE 2: Since delta signalling is not supported for the common SCell configuration, E-UTRAN can only add or release the uplink of an SCell by releasing and adding the concerned SCell.
– P-Max
The IE P-Max is used to limit the UE’s uplink transmission power on a carrier frequency and is used to calculate the parameter Pcompensation defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Corresponds to parameter PEMAX or PEMAX,c in TS 36.101 [42]. The UE transmit power on one serving cell shall not exceed the configured maximum UE output power of the serving cell determined by this value as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clauses 6.2.5 or 6.2.5A, or, when transmitting sidelink discovery announcements within the coverage of the concerned cell, as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.5D.
P-Max information element
— ASN1START
P-Max ::= INTEGER (-30..33)
— ASN1STOP
– PRACH-Config
The IE PRACH-ConfigSIB and IE PRACH-Config are used to specify the PRACH configuration in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively.
PRACH-Config information elements
— ASN1START
PRACH-ConfigSIB ::= SEQUENCE {
rootSequenceIndex INTEGER (0..837),
prach-ConfigInfo PRACH-ConfigInfo
}
PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13,
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13 CHOICE {
fdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8,
v10},
tdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond MP
prach-HoppingOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..94) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
prach-ParametersListCE-r13 PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13
}
PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15
}
PRACH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
rootSequenceIndex INTEGER (0..837),
prach-ConfigInfo PRACH-ConfigInfo OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PRACH-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond MP
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13 CHOICE {
fdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8,
v10},
tdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond MP
prach-HoppingOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..94) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
prach-ParametersListCE-r13 PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond MP
initial-CE-level-r13 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PRACH-Config-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..837),
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..12),
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..63),
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..94)
}
PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex-r10 INTEGER (0..63)
}
PRACH-ConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..63),
highSpeedFlag BOOLEAN,
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig INTEGER (0..15),
prach-FreqOffset INTEGER (0..94)
}
PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF PRACH-ParametersCE-r13
PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..63),
prach-FreqOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..94),
prach-StartingSubframe-r13 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128,
sf256} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13
ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt-r13 ENUMERATED {n1,n2,n4,n8,n16,n32,n64,n128},
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF
INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256},
prach-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off}
}
EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex-r15 INTEGER (0..63),
prach-FreqOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..94),
prach-StartingSubframe-r15 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128, sf256} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF RSRP-Range
PRACH-TxDuration-r17::= SEQUENCE {
prach-TxDuration-r17 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PRACH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. If included, the number of entries is same as number of entries in prach-ParametersListCE. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 1, and so on. The parameters maxNumPreambleAttemptCE, numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt, mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA, prach-HoppingConfig included in prach-ParametersListCE for CE level X are also applicable for EDT. |
|
initial-CE-level Indicates initial PRACH CE level at random access, see TS 36.321 [6]. If not configured, UE selects PRACH CE level based on measured RSRP level, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
highSpeedFlag Parameter: High-speed-flag, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2]. TRUE corresponds to Restricted set and FALSE to Unrestricted set. |
|
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per CE level. See TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is absent, the UE shall use the default value n3. |
|
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor Narrowbands to monitor for MPDCCH for RAR, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 6.2. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 and Msg4, see TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA Starting subframe configuration for MPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, PDSCH with contention resolution and PDSCH with CCCH MAC SDU, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on. |
|
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt Number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level, See TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
prach-ConfigIndex Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. |
|
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndexHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-ConfigIndex. |
|
prach-FreqOffset Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex. |
|
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffsetHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-FreqOffset. |
|
prach-HoppingConfig Coverage level specific frequency hopping configuration for PRACH. |
|
prach-HoppingOffset Parameter: PRACH frequency hopping offset, expressed as a number of resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. |
|
prach-ParametersListCE Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 1, and so on. |
|
prach-StartingSubframe PRACH starting subframe periodicity, expressed in number of subframes available for preamble transmission (PRACH opportunities), see TS 36.211 [21]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes and so on. EUTRAN configures the PRACH starting subframe periodicity larger than or equal to the number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level (numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt). If the field is absent, the value is determined implicitly in TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. |
|
prach-TxDuration Duration of PRACH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in duration of one preamble transmission including guard period (TCP+TSEQ+TGP). Value n1 corresponds to the duration of 1 preamble transmission, value n2 corresponds to the duration of 2 preambles transmission and so on. |
|
rootSequenceIndex Parameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. |
|
rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed The field indicates starting logical root sequence index used to derive the 64 random access preambles based on restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore rootSequenceIndex. |
|
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList The criterion for BL UEs and UEs in CE to select PRACH resource set. Up to 3 RSRP threshold values are signalled to determine the CE level for PRACH, see TS 36.213 [23]. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2 and so on, see TS 36.321 [6]. The UE shall ignore this field if only one CE level, i.e. CE level 0, is configured in prach-ParametersListCE. The number of RSRP thresholds present in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList is equal to the number of CE levels configured in prach-ParametersListCE minus one. A UE that supports powerClass-14dBm shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows: RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold – min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max is the value of p-Max field in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. |
|
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig Parameter: NCS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-2, for preamble format 0..3 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-3, for preamble format 4. |
|
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed The field indicates NCS configuration for the restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore zeroCorrelationZoneConfig. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
MP |
The field is mandatory present. |
– PresenceAntennaPort1
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate whether all the neighbouring cells use Antenna Port 1. When set to TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
PresenceAntennaPort1 information element
— ASN1START
PresenceAntennaPort1 ::= BOOLEAN
— ASN1STOP
– PUCCH-Config
The IE PUCCH-ConfigCommon and IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PUCCH configuration respectively.
PUCCH-Config information elements
— ASN1START
PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaPUCCH-Shift ENUMERATED {ds1, ds2, ds3},
nRB-CQI INTEGER (0..98),
nCS-AN INTEGER (0..7),
n1PUCCH-AN INTEGER (0..2047)
}
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level2-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14 ENUMERATED {n64, n128} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
ackNackRepetition CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
repetitionFactor ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep INTEGER (0..2047)
}
},
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing} OPTIONAL — Cond TDD
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-Format-r10 CHOICE {
format3-r10 PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13,
channelSelection-r10 SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r10 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v1130 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
nPUCCH-Param-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUCCH-Identity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
nkaPUCCH-Param-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
}
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
–Release 8
ackNackRepetition-r13 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
repetitionFactor-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep-r13 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
},
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode-r13 ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing} OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD
–Release 10
pucch-Format-r13 CHOICE {
format3-r13 SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
},
channelSelection-r13 SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10,
dummy1 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
},
format4-r13 SEQUENCE {
format4-resourceConfiguration-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format4-resource-r13,
format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF Format4-resource-r13 OPTIONAL — Need OR
},
format5-r13 SEQUENCE {
format5-resourceConfiguration-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format5-resource-r13,
format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13 Format5-resource-r13 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r13 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
–Release 11
nPUCCH-Param-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUCCH-Identity-r13 INTEGER (0..503),
n1PUCCH-AN-r13 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
–Release 12
nkaPUCCH-Param-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nkaPUCCH-AN-r13 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
–Release 13
spatialBundlingPUCCH-r13 BOOLEAN,
spatialBundlingPUSCH-r13 BOOLEAN,
harq-TimingTDD-r13 BOOLEAN,
codebooksizeDetermination-r13 ENUMERATED {dai,cc} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
maximumPayloadCoderate-r13 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
modeA SEQUENCE {
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8},
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8}
},
modeB SEQUENCE {
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13 ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32},
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13 ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32}
}
}
} OPTIONAL –Need ON
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-Format-v1370 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13
}
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::= SEQUENCE {
channelSelection-v13c0 SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v13c0 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-v13c0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
}
}
}
}
PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 ENUMERATED {r64,r128} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-SPT-r15 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {dai,cc} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
CE-PUCCH-TxDurationConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PUCCH-TxDuration-r17 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128}
}
Format4-resource-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
startingPRB-format4-r13 INTEGER (0..109),
numberOfPRB-format4-r13 INTEGER (0..7)
}
Format5-resource-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
startingPRB-format5-r13 INTEGER (0..109),
cdm-index-format5-r13 INTEGER (0..1)
}
N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
PUCCH-TxDuration-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-TxDuration-r17 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PUCCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
ackNackRepetition Parameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. |
|
cdm-index-format5 Parameter |
|
codebooksizeDetermination, codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI Parameter indicates whether HARQ codebook size is determined with downlink assignment indicator based solution or number of configured CCs, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.2.2.6, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.3.1.2, and TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3.1, 10.1.3.2.3.2 and 10.1.3.2.4. |
|
deltaPUCCH-Shift Parameter: |
|
dummy1 This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
harq-TimingTDD Parameter indicates for a TDD SCell when aggregated with a TDD PCell of different UL/DL configurations whether deriving the HARQ timing for such a cell is done in the same way as the DL HARQ timing of an FDD SCell with a TDD PCell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.2. |
|
maximumPayloadCoderate Maximum payload or code rate for multi P-CSI on each PUCCH resource, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1. |
|
n1PUCCH-AN Parameter: n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List Parameter: |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1 Parameter: |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep, n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1 Parameter: |
|
n3PUCCH-AN-List, n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1 Parameter: |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-SPT Parameter: |
|
nCS-An Parameter: |
|
nkaPUCCH-AN Parameter: nkaPUCCH-AN-r12 indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set |
|
nPUCCH-Identity Parameter: |
|
nRB-CQI Parameter: |
|
numberOfPRB-format4 Parameter |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList Starting offsets of the PUCCH resource(s) indicated by SIB1-BR. The first entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE. See TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
pucch-Format Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. For TDD, if the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUSCH. E-UTRAN only configures pucch-Format-v1370 when pucch-Format-r13 is configured and set to format4 or format5. |
|
pucch-NumRepetitionCE Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a and for PUCCH format 2/2a/2b for CE modes A and B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. The UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13, if received, for CE mode B in this release of specification. For UE in CE mode B supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 is included then the UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13. |
|
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level2, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3 Number of repetitions for PUCCH carrying HARQ response to PDSCH containing Msg4 for PRACH CE levels 0, 1, 2 and 3, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2 repetitions, and so on. For BL UEs or non-BL UEs in enhanced coverage supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14 is included then the UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13. |
|
pucch-TxDuration Duration of PUCCH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in subframe. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes and so on. |
|
repetitionFactor Parameter |
|
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH or simultaneous SPUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH transmissions are configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1 and 5.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PSCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PUCCH SCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PUCCH SCell is configured. |
|
spatialBundlingPUCCH Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUCCH, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.3.1. |
|
spatialBundlingPUSCH Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUSCH, see see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6. |
|
startingPRB-format4 Parameter |
|
startingPRB-format5 Parameter |
|
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode Parameter indicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3 and 10.1.3. The value bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH. |
|
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2. |
|
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3 Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
TDD |
The field is mandatory present for TDD if the pucch-Format is not present. If the pucch-Format is present, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. It is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– PUR-Config
The IE PUR-Config is used to specify the PUR configuration.
PUR-Config information element
— ASN1START
PUR-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
pur-ConfigID-r16 PUR-ConfigID-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pur-ImplicitReleaseAfter-r16 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, spare} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pur-StartTimeParameters-r16 SEQUENCE {
periodicityAndOffset-r16 PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16,
startSFN-r16 INTEGER (0..1023),
startSubFrame-r16 INTEGER (0..9),
hsfn-LSB-Info-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(1))
} OPTIONAL, –Need ON
pur-NumOccasions-r16 ENUMERATED {one, infinite},
pur-RNTI-r16 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pur-TimeAlignmentTimer-r16 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r16 SetupRelease {PUR-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r16} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pur-ResponseWindowTimer-r16 ENUMERATED {sf240, sf480, sf960, sf1920, sf3840, sf5760, sf7680, sf10240} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pur-MPDCCH-Config-r16 PUR-MPDCCH-Config-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pur-PDSCH-FreqHopping-r16 BOOLEAN,
pur-PUCCH-Config-r16 PUR-PUCCH-Config-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pur-PUSCH-Config-r16 PUR-PUSCH-Config-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ pur-PDSCH-maxTBS-r17 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
PUR-MPDCCH-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
mpdcch-FreqHopping-r16 BOOLEAN,
mpdcch-Narrowband-r16 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-PRB-PairsConfig-r16 SEQUENCE{
numberPRB-Pairs-r16 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
resourceBlockAssignment-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(4))
},
mpdcch-NumRepetition-r16 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256},
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS-r16 CHOICE {
fdd ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8, v10},
tdd ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare1}
},
mpdcch-Offset-PUR-SS-r16 ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth,
threeQuarter, sevenEighth}
}
PUR-PUCCH-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-r16 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Format1-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PUR-PUSCH-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
pur-GrantInfo-r16 CHOICE {
ce-ModeA SEQUENCE {
numRUs-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
prb-AllocationInfo-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
mcs-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(4)),
numRepetitions-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(3))
},
ce-ModeB SEQUENCE {
subPRB-Allocation-r16 BOOLEAN,
numRUs-r16 BOOLEAN,
prb-AllocationInfo-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
mcs-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(4)),
numRepetitions-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(3))
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pur-PUSCH-FreqHopping-r16 BOOLEAN,
p0-UE-PUSCH-r16 INTEGER (-8..7),
alpha-r16 Alpha-r12,
pusch-CyclicShift-r16 ENUMERATED {n0, n6},
pusch-NB-MaxTBS-r16 BOOLEAN,
locationCE-ModeB-r16 INTEGER (0..5) OPTIONAL — Cond SubPRB
}
PUR-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
increaseThresh-r16 RSRP-ChangeThresh-r16,
decreaseThresh-r16 RSRP-ChangeThresh-r16 OPTIONAL –Need OP
}
RSRP-ChangeThresh-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {dB4, dB6, dB8, dB10, dB14, dB18, dB22, dB26, dB30, dB34, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
— ASN1STOP
|
PUR-Config field descriptions |
|
alpha Parameter: αc(3). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. |
|
hsfn-LSB-Info Indicates the LSB of the H-SFN corresponding to the last subframe of the first transmission of RRCConnectionRelease message containing pur-Config. |
|
locationCE-ModeB PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB resource allocation is enabled for PUR grant in CE mode B. |
|
mpdcch-FreqHopping Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for MPDCCH. See TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
mpdcch-Narrowband Indicates the index of a narrowband on which the UE monitors for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
mpdcch-NumRepetition Maximum number of repetitions levels for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
mpdcch-Offset-PUR-SS Starting subframes configuration of the MPDCCH search space for PUR, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
mpdcch-PRB-PairsConfig Indicates the configuration of physical resource-block pairs used for MPDCCH. See TS 36.213 [23]. mpdcch-PRB-Pairs indicates the number of PRB pairs. Value n2 corresponds to 2 PRB pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 PRB pairs and so on. resourceBlockAssignment indicates the index to a specific combination of PRB pair for MPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. |
|
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH PUR search space, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on. |
|
n1PUCCH-AN Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. |
|
p0-UE-PUSCH Parameter: P0_UE_PUSCH,c (3). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. |
|
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Format1 Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. When pur-GrantInfo is set to ce-ModeA, value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2 repetitions, and so on. When pur-GrantInfo is set to ce-ModeB, actual value corresponds to 4 * indicated value. |
|
pusch-CyclicShift Parameter: See TS 36.211 [21] clause 5.5.2.1.1. Value n0 corresponds to 0 and n6 corresponds to 6. |
|
pusch-NB-MaxTBS Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
pur-GrantInfo Indicates UL grant for transmission using PUR. Field set to ce-ModeA indicates the PUR grant is for CE Mode A and the field set to ce-ModeB indicates the PUR grant is for CE Mode B. numRUs indicates DCI field for PUSCH number of resource units, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.1.6. prbAllocationInfo indicates DCI field for PUSCH resource block assignment, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.10 (CE Mode A) and clause 5.3.3.1.11 (CE Mode B). mcs indicates DCI field for PUSCH modulation and coding scheme, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.6. numRepetitions indicates DCI field for PUSCH repetition number, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.0. For CE Mode A, numRUs set to ’00’ indicates use of full-PRB resource allocation, otherwise sub-PRB resource allocation as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.1.6. For CE Mode B, subPRB-Allocation indicates whether sub-PRB resource allocation is used. |
|
pur-ImplicitReleaseAfter Number of consecutive PUR occasions that can be skipped before implicit release, as specified in 5.3.3.20. Value n2 corresponds to 2 PUR occasions, value n4 corresponds to 4 PUR occasions and so on. |
|
pur-NumOccasions Number of PUR occasions. Value one corresponds to 1 PUR occasion, and value infinite corresponds to an infinite number of PUR occasions. |
|
pur-PDSCH-FreqHopping Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for PDSCH. See TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
pur-PDSCH-maxTBS Activation/deactivation of DL TBS of 1736 bits for HD-FDD BL UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2. |
|
pur-PeriodicityAndOffset Indicates the periodicity for the PUR occasions and time offset until the first PUR occasion. |
|
pur-PUSCH-FreqHopping Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for PUSCH. See TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
pur-ResponseWindowTimer PUR MPDCCH search space window duration. See TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value in subframes. Value sf240 corresponds to 240 subframes, value sf480 corresponds to 480 subframes and so on. |
|
pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold Indicates the threshold(s) of change in serving cell RSRP in dB for TA validation. Value dB4 corresponds to 4 dB, value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on. When pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold is set to setup, if decreaseThresh is absent the value of increaseThresh is also used for decreaseThresh. |
|
pur-TimeAlignmentTimer Indicates the idle mode TA timer in seconds for TA validation. Actual value = indicated value * PUR periodicity. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
SubPRB |
This field is optionally present, need ON, if subPRB-Allocation is set to TRUE; otherwise the field is not present and UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– PUR-ConfigID
The IE PUR-ConfigID is used to indicate the PUR configuration identity.
PUR-ConfigID information element
— ASN1START
PUR-ConfigID-r16 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE(20))
— ASN1STOP
– PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset
The IE PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset is used to indicate H-SFN of the first PUR occasion and periodicity of the subsequent PUR occasions. The value of periodicity is in the unit of H-SFN duration (i.e., 10.24s). Value periodicity8 corresponds to periodicity of 8 H-SFN, value periodicity16 corresponds to periodicity of 16 H-SFN and so on. The value of offset is in the unit of H-SFN duration (i.e., 10.24s).
PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset information element
— ASN1START
PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16 ::= CHOICE {
periodicity8 INTEGER (1..7),
periodicity16 INTEGER (1..15),
periodicity32 INTEGER (1..31),
periodicity64 INTEGER (1..63),
periodicity128 INTEGER (1..127),
periodicity256 INTEGER (1..255),
periodicity512 INTEGER (1..511),
periodicity1024 INTEGER (1..1023),
periodicity2048 INTEGER (1..2047),
periodicity4096 INTEGER (1..4095),
periodicity8192 INTEGER (1..8191)
}
— ASN1STOP
– PUSCH-Config
The IE PUSCH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the common PUSCH configuration and the reference signal configuration for PUSCH and PUCCH. The IE PUSCH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration.
PUSCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
pusch-ConfigBasic SEQUENCE {
n-SB INTEGER (1..4),
hoppingMode ENUMERATED {interSubFrame, intraAndInterSubFrame},
pusch-HoppingOffset INTEGER (0..98),
enable64QAM BOOLEAN
},
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
}
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE {
enable64QAM-v1270 ENUMERATED {true}
}
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13 ENUMERATED {
r8, r16, r32 } OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13 ENUMERATED {
r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
r1536, r2048} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pusch-HoppingOffset-v1310
INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index INTEGER (0..15)
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetMC-r10 SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r10 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r10 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r10 INTEGER (0..15)
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
groupHoppingDisabled-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
pusch-DMRS-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUSCH-Identity-r11 INTEGER (0..509),
nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r11 INTEGER (0..509)
}
}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250::= SEQUENCE {
uciOnPUSCH CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffsetMC-r12 SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15)
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffsetMC-r13 SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15)
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
groupHoppingDisabled-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pusch-DMRS-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUSCH-Identity-r13 INTEGER (0..509),
nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r13 INTEGER (0..509)
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uciOnPUSCH CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffsetMC-r12 SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15)
} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {bw5} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tdd-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-r14 BOOLEAN,
enable256QAM-r14 Enable256QAM-r14 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
offsetCE-ModeB-r15 INTEGER (-1..3) OPTIONAL — Cond CE-ModeB
}
},
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
locationCE-ModeB-r15 INTEGER (0..5) OPTIONAL, — Cond CE-ModeB
sixToneCyclicShift-r15 INTEGER (0..3),
threeToneCyclicShift-r15 INTEGER (0..2)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
ce-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16 SetupRelease {CE-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
groupHoppingDisabled-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
enable256QAM-r14 Enable256QAM-r14 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
uci-OnPUSCH-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetAUL-r15 INTEGER (0..15)
}
}
}
TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14 ENUMERATED {sym1, sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5, sym6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
CE-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
interleaving-r16 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PUSCH-TxDuration-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
pusch-TxDuration-r17 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128, n256}
}
Enable256QAM-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
tpc-SubframeSet-Configured-r14 SEQUENCE {
subframeSet1-DCI-Format0-r14 BOOLEAN,
subframeSet1-DCI-Format4-r14 BOOLEAN,
subframeSet2-DCI-Format0-r14 BOOLEAN,
subframeSet2-DCI-Format4-r14 BOOLEAN
},
tpc-SubframeSet-NotConfigured-r14 SEQUENCE {
dci-Format0-r14 BOOLEAN,
dci-Format4-r14 BOOLEAN
}
}
}
PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh-r14 INTEGER (1..100) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh-r14 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14 ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14 ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH ::= SEQUENCE {
groupHoppingEnabled BOOLEAN,
groupAssignmentPUSCH INTEGER (0..29),
sequenceHoppingEnabled BOOLEAN,
cyclicShift INTEGER (0..7)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
PUSCH-Config field descriptions |
|
|---|---|
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index, betaOffset2-ACK-Index, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC Parameter: |
|
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
|
betaOffsetAUL Parameter: |
|
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC Parameter: |
|
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
|
betaOffset-RI-Index, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC Parameter: |
|
|
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
|
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig Activation of flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. offsetCE-ModeB indicates starting PRB offset when flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode B is enabled. See TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz. |
|
|
ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth Maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz. If this field is not configured, the maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A set to 1.4 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. |
|
|
ce-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config Indicates whether UL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, i.e., a single DCI can schedule up to 8 PUSCH transport blocks in CE mode A and up to 4 PUSCH transport blocks in CE mode B. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. |
|
|
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config Activation of PUSCH sub-PRB allocation in CE mode A or B, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
cyclicShift Parameters: cyclicShift, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 5.5.2.1.1-2. |
|
|
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config Indicates the UE not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS, see TS36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.2. |
|
|
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1. |
|
|
enable256QAM See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per uplink power control subframe set and DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are not configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. |
|
|
enable64QAM See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UE categories 5 and 8 indicated in ue-Category and UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM and can fallback to category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6, while FALSE indicates that 64QAM is not allowed. If enable64QAM-v1270 is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM but cannot fallback category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6. E-UTRAN configures enable64QAM-v1270 only when enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE. |
|
|
interleaving Indicates whether interleaving for UL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. |
|
|
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUSCH stays at the same PRBs before hopping to other PRBs. For interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. |
|
|
groupAssignmentPUSCH Parameter: ΔSS See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3. |
|
|
groupHoppingDisabled Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3. |
|
|
groupHoppingEnabled Parameter: Group-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3. |
|
|
hoppingMode Parameter: Hopping-mode, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. |
|
|
locationCE-ModeB PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB allocation is enabled in CE mode B. |
|
|
nDMRS-CSH-Identity Parameter: |
|
|
nPUSCH-Identity Parameter: |
|
|
n-SB Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. |
|
|
pusch-HoppingConfig For BL UEs and UEs in CE, frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast PUSCH, see TS 36.211 [21] |
|
|
pusch-hoppingOffset Except for BL UEs and UEs in CE, parameter: |
|
|
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh Indicates the freqeuncy domain hopping offset between PRBs for PUSCH in frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. Value 1 corresponds to 1 PRB, value 2 corresponds to 2 PRBs, and so on. |
|
|
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN does not configure value r8. If the field is not configured, the UE shall apply the default value as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. |
|
|
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
|
pusch-TxDuration Duration of PUSCH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of resource units. Value n2 corresponds to 2 resource units, value n4 corresponds to 4 resource units and so on. The signalled value corresponds to full-PRB allocation (unit: subframe). If PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, the signalled value is divided by 2, 4 and 8 for sub-PRB allocation of 6, 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones allocation and corresponds to the resource unit for 6 tones, 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones, respectively. If value n2 is signalled and PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, segment transmission is not applicable to 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones allocation. If value n4 is signalled and PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, segment transmission is not applicable to 2-out-of-3 tones allocation. |
|
|
sequenceHoppingEnabled Parameter: Sequence-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.4. |
|
|
sixToneCyclicShift, threeToneCyclicShift Cyclic shift for PUSCH reference signal sequence of six/three subcarriers in CE mode A or B. |
|
|
symPUSCH-UpPTS Indicates the number of data symbols that configured for PUSCH transmission in UpPTS. Values sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5 and sym6 can be used for normal cyclic prefix, if dmrsLess-UpPTS is set to true, otherwise, values sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5 can be used for normal cyclic prefix and values sym1, sym2, sym3 and sym4 can be used for extended cyclic prefix, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. |
|
|
ul-DMRS-IFDMA Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS. |
|
|
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on PUSCH (or PUCCH). |
|
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
CE-ModeB |
The field is optionally present, need ON, for CE Mode B. Otherwise, the field is not present. |
– RACH-ConfigCommon
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the generic random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigCommon information element
— ASN1START
RACH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
preambleInfo SEQUENCE {
numberOfRA-Preambles ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
n60, n64},
preamblesGroupAConfig SEQUENCE {
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
n60},
messageSizeGroupA ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256},
messagePowerOffsetGroupB ENUMERATED {
minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12,
dB15, dB18},
…
} OPTIONAL — Need OP
},
powerRampingParameters PowerRampingParameters,
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax PreambleTransMax,
ra-ResponseWindowSize ENUMERATED {
sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5, sf6, sf7,
sf8, sf10},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer ENUMERATED {
sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48,
sf56, sf64}
},
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx INTEGER (1..8),
…,
[[ preambleTransMax-CE-r13 PreambleTransMax OPTIONAL, — Need OR
rach-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ edt-SmallTBS-Subset-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Cond EDT-OR
]]
}
RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
txFailParams-r12 SEQUENCE {
connEstFailCount-r12 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4},
connEstFailOffsetValidity-r12 ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240,
s300, s420, s600, s900},
connEstFailOffset-r12 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
}
RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
powerRampingParameters-r11 PowerRampingParameters,
ra-SupervisionInfo-r11 SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax-r11 PreambleTransMax
},
…
}
RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13
RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
preambleMappingInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
firstPreamble-r13 INTEGER(0..63),
lastPreamble-r13 INTEGER(0..63)
},
ra-ResponseWindowSize-r13 ENUMERATED {sf20, sf50, sf80, sf120, sf180,
sf240, sf320, sf400},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {sf80, sf100, sf120,
sf160, sf200, sf240, sf480, sf960},
rar-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off},
…,
[[ edt-Parameters-r15 SEQUENCE {
edt-LastPreamble-r15 INTEGER(0..63),
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled-r15 BOOLEAN,
edt-TBS-r15 ENUMERATED {b328, b408, b504, b600, b712,
b808, b936, b1000or456},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {sf240, sf480, sf960,
sf1920, sf3840, sf5760, sf7680, sf10240} OPTIONAL — Need OP
} OPTIONAL — Cond EDT
]]
}
PowerRampingParameters ::= SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6},
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower ENUMERATED {
dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112,
dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102,
dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94,
dBm-92, dBm-90}
}
PreambleTransMax ::= ENUMERATED {
n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, n20, n50,
n100, n200}
— ASN1STOP
|
RACH-ConfigCommon field descriptions |
|---|
|
connEstFailCount Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset. |
|
connEstFailOffset Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp". |
|
connEstFailOffsetValidity Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on. |
|
edt-LastPreamble Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. For the concerned CE level, if PRACH resources configured by edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 are different from the PRACH resources configured by PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 for all CE levels and edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 for all other CE levels, the preambles for EDT are the preambles firstPreamble-r13 to edt-LastPreamble-r15, otherwise the preambles for EDT are the preambles lastPreamble-r13 +1 to edt-LastPreamble-r15. |
|
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 in the corresponding CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
edt-SmallTBS-Subset Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level can be used. This field is applicable for a CE level only when edt-SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the corresponding CE level. |
|
edt-TBS Largest TBS for Msg3 for a CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328 corresponds to 328 bits, b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. Additionally, value b1000or456 corresponds to 1000 bits for CE levels 0 and 1, and 456 bits for CE levels 2 and 3. See TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer Timer for contention resolution in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on. mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present. |
|
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx Maximum number of Msg3 HARQ transmissions in TS 36.321 [6], used for contention based random access. Value is an integer. |
|
messagePowerOffsetGroupB Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on. |
|
messageSizeGroupA Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in bits. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b144 corresponds to 144 bits and so on. |
|
numberOfRA-Preambles Number of non-dedicated random access preambles in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on. |
|
powerRampingStep Power ramping factor in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on. |
|
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower Initial preamble power in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dBm. Value dBm-120 corresponds to -120 dBm, dBm-118 corresponds to -118 dBm and so on. |
|
preambleMappingInfo Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level, except for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. When random access preambles group B is used, firstPreamble-r13 is set to 0 and lastPreamble-r13 is set to numberOfRA-Preambles-1. |
|
preamblesGroupAConfig Provides the configuration for preamble grouping in TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is not signalled, the size of the random access preambles group A, as specified in TS 36.321 [6], is equal to numberOfRA-Preambles. |
|
preambleTransMax, preambleTransMax-CE Maximum number of preamble transmission in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n3 corresponds to 3, n4 corresponds to 4 and so on. |
|
rach-CE-LevelInfoList Provides RACH information for each coverage level. The first entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 0, the second entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes rach-CE-LevelInfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE. |
|
ra-ResponseWindowSize Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell). |
|
rar-HoppingConfig Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for RAR/Msg3/Msg4 for a CE level, see TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA Size of the random access preambles group A in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
EDT |
The field is mandatory present if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
EDT-OR |
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– RACH-ConfigDedicated
The IE RACH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the dedicated random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigDedicated information element
— ASN1START
RACH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
ra-PRACH-MaskIndex INTEGER (0..15)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
RACH-ConfigDedicated field descriptions |
|---|
|
ra-PRACH-MaskIndex Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
ra-PreambleIndex Explicitly signalled Random Access Preamble for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6]. |
– RadioResourceConfigCommon
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB and IE RadioResourceConfigCommon are used to specify common radio resource configurations in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively, e.g., the random access parameters and the static physical layer parameters.
RadioResourceConfigCommon information element
— ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB ::= SEQUENCE {
rach-ConfigCommon RACH-ConfigCommon,
bcch-Config BCCH-Config,
pcch-Config PCCH-Config,
prach-Config PRACH-ConfigSIB,
pdsch-ConfigCommon PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
pusch-ConfigCommon PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
uplinkPowerControlCommon UplinkPowerControlCommon,
ul-CyclicPrefixLength UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
…,
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ rach-ConfigCommon-v1250 RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ bcch-Config-v1310 BCCH-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pcch-Config-v1310 PCCH-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
freqHoppingParameters-r13 FreqHoppingParameters-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
prach-ConfigCommon-v1310 PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ highSpeedConfig-r14 HighSpeedConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
prach-Config-v1430 PRACH-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ prach-Config-v1530 PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Cond EDT
ce-RSS-Config-r15 RSS-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
wus-Config-r15 WUS-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
highSpeedConfig-v1530 HighSpeedConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1540 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ wus-Config-v1560 WUS-Config-v1560 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[
wus-Config-v1610 WUS-Config-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
highSpeedConfig-v1610 HighSpeedConfig-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon-r16 CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
gwus-Config-r16 GWUS-Config-r16 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
rss-MeasConfig-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
rss-MeasNonNCL-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
puncturedSubcarriersDL-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
highSpeedInterRAT-NR-r16 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[
pcch-Config-v1700 PCCH-Config-v1700 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ntn-ConfigCommon-r17 SEQUENCE {
ta-Report-r17 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
t318-r17 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200,
ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000},
prach-TxDuration-r17 PRACH-TxDuration-r17 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-TxDuration-r17 PUCCH-TxDuration-r17 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pusch-TxDuration-r17 PUSCH-TxDuration-r17 OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL — Cond NTN
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
rach-ConfigCommon RACH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, — Need ON
prach-Config PRACH-Config,
pdsch-ConfigCommon PDSCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigCommon PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
phich-Config PHICH-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, — Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlCommon UplinkPowerControlCommon OPTIONAL, — Need ON
antennaInfoCommon AntennaInfoCommon OPTIONAL, — Need ON
p-Max P-Max OPTIONAL, — Need OP
tdd-Config TDD-Config OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD
ul-CyclicPrefixLength UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
…,
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ tdd-Config-v1130 TDD-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL — Cond TDD3
]],
[[ pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[
prach-Config-v1310 PRACH-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
freqHoppingParameters-r13 FreqHoppingParameters-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ highSpeedConfig-r14 HighSpeedConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
prach-Config-v1430 PRACH-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tdd-Config-v1430 TDD-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL — Cond TDD3
]],
[[
tdd-Config-v1450 TDD-Config-v1450 OPTIONAL — Cond TDD3
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
highSpeedConfig-v1530 HighSpeedConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[
highSpeedConfig-v1610 HighSpeedConfig-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
highSpeedInterRAT-NR-r16 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ ntn-ConfigCommon-r17 SEQUENCE {
ta-Report-r17 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
t318-r17 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500,
ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms6000},
prach-TxDuration-r17 PRACH-TxDuration-r17 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pucch-TxDuration-r17 PUCCH-TxDuration-r17 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pusch-TxDuration-r17 PUSCH-TxDuration-r17 OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL — Cond NTN
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
basicFields-r12 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10,
pucch-ConfigCommon-r12 PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
rach-ConfigCommon-r12 RACH-ConfigCommon,
uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12,
…,
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1310
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1530
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0 ::= SEQUENCE {
basicFields-v12f0 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440 ::= SEQUENCE {
basicFields-v1440 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
— DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
— 1: Cell characteristics
dl-Bandwidth-r10 ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
— 2: Physical configuration, general
antennaInfoCommon-r10 AntennaInfoCommon,
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r10 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, — Need OR
— 3: Physical configuration, control
phich-Config-r10 PHICH-Config,
— 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
pdsch-ConfigCommon-r10 PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
tdd-Config-r10 TDD-Config OPTIONAL — Cond TDDSCell
},
— UL configuration
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
ul-FreqInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA OPTIONAL, — Need OP
ul-Bandwidth-r10 ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
n25, n50, n75, n100} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
},
p-Max-r10 P-Max OPTIONAL, — Need OP
uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10,
— A special version of IE UplinkPowerControlCommon may be introduced
— 3: Physical configuration, control
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r10 SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r10 UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
— 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
prach-ConfigSCell-r10 PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD-OR-NoR11
pusch-ConfigCommon-r10 PUSCH-ConfigCommon
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…,
[[ ul-CarrierFreq-v1090 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL — Need OP
]],
[[ rach-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 OPTIONAL, — Cond ULSCell
prach-ConfigSCell-r11 PRACH-Config OPTIONAL, — Cond UL
tdd-Config-v1130 TDD-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD2
uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 OPTIONAL — Cond UL
]],
[[ pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ pucch-ConfigCommon-r13 PUCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, — Cond UL
uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 OPTIONAL — Cond UL
]],
[[ highSpeedConfigSCell-r14 HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
prach-Config-v1430 PRACH-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Cond UL
ul-Configuration-r14 SEQUENCE {
ul-FreqInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq-r14 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL, — Need OP
ul-Bandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
n25, n50, n75, n100} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r14 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
},
p-Max-r14 P-Max OPTIONAL, — Need OP
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r14 SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r14 UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
prach-ConfigSCell-r14 PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD-OR-NoR11
uplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430
UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need OR
} OPTIONAL, — Cond ULSRS
harq-ReferenceConfig-r14 ENUMERATED {sa2,sa4,sa5} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1530 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ highSpeedEnhMeasFlagSCell-r16 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE {
— UL configuration
ul-Configuration-v10l0 SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v10l0 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
}
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440 ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-Configuration-v1440 SEQUENCE {
ul-FreqInfo-v1440 SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v1440 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
}
}
}
BCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
modificationPeriodCoeff ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16}
}
BCCH-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
modificationPeriodCoeff-v1310 ENUMERATED {n64}
}
FreqHoppingParameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
dummy ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4} OPTIONAL,
dummy2 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
interval-TDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
} OPTIONAL,
dummy3 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16},
interval-TDD-r13 ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40}
} OPTIONAL,
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
interval-TDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond MP-A
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16},
interval-TDD-r13 ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond MP-B
dummy4 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) OPTIONAL
}
PCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
defaultPagingCycle ENUMERATED {
rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
nB ENUMERATED {
fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT,
oneSixteenthT, oneThirtySecondT}
}
PCCH-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
paging-narrowBands-r13 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256},
nB-v1310 ENUMERATED {one64thT, one128thT, one256thT}
OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
PCCH-Config-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
ranPagingInIdlePO-r17 ENUMERATED {true}
}
UL-CyclicPrefixLength ::= ENUMERATED {len1, len2}
HighSpeedConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
HighSpeedConfig-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA-r15 ENUMERATED {true}
}
HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
HighSpeedConfig-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
— ASN1STOP
|
RadioResourceConfigCommon field descriptions |
|
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL configured. |
|
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon Presence of this field indicates use of CRS for improving channel estimation on MPDCCH is enabled in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. |
|
defaultPagingCycle Default paging cycle, used to derive ‘T’ in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. |
|
dummy This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
harq-ReferenceConfig Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band. |
|
highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed (350 km/h) measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. If highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2 is present, the UE indicating measurementEnhancements2 shall ignore this field. |
|
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag If the field is present, the UE shall apply the advanced receiver in SFN scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. If this field is included in HighSpeedConfig and highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2 is present, the UE indicating demodulationEnhancements2 shall ignore this field in HighSpeedConfig. |
|
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2 If the field is present, the UE shall apply the further enhanced receiver in HST-SFN scenario (500 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. |
|
highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2 If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed (500 km/h) measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. |
|
highSpeedEnhMeasFlagSCell If configured with value TRUE, the UE shall apply the high speed (350 km/h) SCell measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. |
|
highSpeedInterRAT-NR If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. |
|
highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA If the field is present, the UE in CE mode A shall apply the measurement gap sharing table associated with high-velocity scenario for measurements, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. |
|
interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeX Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which MPDCCH or PDSCH for CE mode X stays at the same narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on. |
|
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeX Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUCCH or PUSCH for CE mode X stays at the same narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on. |
|
modificationPeriodCoeff Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, n8 corresponds to value 8, n16 corresponds to value 16, and n64 corresponds to value 64. |
|
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.211 [21]. |
|
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset Parameter: |
|
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB The number of narrowbands for MPDCCH/PDSCH frequency hopping. Value nb2 corresponds to 2 narrowbands and value nb4 corresponds to 4 narrowbands. |
|
nB Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS 36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of ‘T’ as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT corresponds to 2 * T and so on. In case nB-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore nB (i.e. without suffix). EUTRAN configures nB-v1310 only in the BR version of SI message. |
|
paging-narrowBands Number of narrowbands used for paging, see TS 36.304 [4], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
p-Max Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2. In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that SCell is activated. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107] |
|
prach-ConfigSCell Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release. |
|
puncturedSubcarriersDL Indicates number of punctured DL subcarriers and their locations, see TS 36.211 [31]. |
|
rach-ConfigCommonSCell Indicates a RACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release. |
|
ranPagingInIdlePO Indicates that the network supports to send RAN paging in PO that corresponds to the i_s determined by UE in RRC_IDLE state, see TS 36.304 [4]. |
|
rss-MeasConfig Indicates whether RSS-based measurement is enabled. |
|
rss-MeasNonNCL Indicates RSS of neighbour cells not in the Neighbour Cell List may be used for measurements. When this field is included, the UE assumes for all neighbour cells not in the Neighbour Cell List the RSS power bias is same as used for the serving cell or the camped cell. |
|
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming Indicates the SRS flexible timing (if configured) for aperiodic SRS triggered by DL grant. If the SRS transmission is collided with ACK/NACK, postpone once to the next configured SRS transmission opportunity. |
|
ta-Report Indicates whether UE specific TA reporting is enabled as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
t318 The value of timer T318. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on. |
|
ul-Bandwidth Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth. |
|
ul-CarrierFreq For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1, applies. For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency. |
|
ul-CyclicPrefixLength Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
EDT |
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
MP-A |
The field is mandatory present for CE mode A. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR. |
|
MP-B |
The field is mandatory present for CE mode B. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR. |
|
NTN |
The field is mandatory present for NTN. Otherwise, the field is not present. |
|
TDD |
The field is optional for TDD, Need ON; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
TDD2 |
If tdd-Config-r10 is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
TDD3 |
If tdd-Config is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
TDD-OR-NoR11 |
If prach-ConfigSCell-r11 is absent, the field is optional for TDD, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
TDDSCell |
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and LAA SCell, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
UL |
If the SCell is part of the STAG or concerns the PSCell or PUCCH SCell and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
ULSCell |
For the PSCell (IE is included in RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell) the field is absent. Otherwise, if the SCell is part of the STAG and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
ULSRS |
If ul-Configuration-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– RadioResourceConfigDedicated
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main configuration, to modify the SPS configuration and to modify dedicated physical configuration.
RadioResourceConfigDedicated information element
— ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
srb-ToAddModList SRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, — Cond HO-Conn
drb-ToAddModList DRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, — Cond HO-toEUTRA
drb-ToReleaseList DRB-ToReleaseList OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mac-MainConfig CHOICE {
explicitValue MAC-MainConfig,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, — Cond HO-toEUTRA2
sps-Config SPS-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
physicalConfigDedicated PhysicalConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ rlf-TimersAndConstants-r9 RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ measSubframePatternPCell-r10 MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ naics-Info-r12 NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ neighCellsCRS-Info-r13 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 OPTIONAL, — Cond CRSIM
rlf-TimersAndConstants-r13 RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1430 SPS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL — Cond SPS
]],
[[ srb-ToAddModListExt-r15 SRB-ToAddModListExt-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
srb-ToReleaseListExt-r15 INTEGER (4) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-Config-v1530 SPS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
crs-IntfMitigEnabled NULL,
crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs ENUMERATED {n6, n24}
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
neighCellsCRS-Info-r15 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
drb-ToAddModList-r15 DRB-ToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
drb-ToReleaseList-r15 DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
dummy SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1540 SPS-Config-v1540 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[
rlf-TimersAndConstantsMCG-Failure-r16 RLF-TimersAndConstantsMCG-Failure-r16
OPTIONAL, — Cond Split-SRB1-SRB3
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-r16 SetupRelease{CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-r16} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
newUE-Identity-r16 C-RNTI OPTIONAL — Need OP
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {
physicalConfigDedicated-v1370 PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::= SEQUENCE {
physicalConfigDedicated-v13c0 PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
— UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an PSCell
physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 PhysicalConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-Config-r12 SPS-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
naics-Info-r12 NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell-r13 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1430 SPS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL — Cond SPS2
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1530 SPS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
neighCellsCRS-Info-r15 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1540 SPS-Config-v1540 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {
physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0 ::= SEQUENCE {
physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0 PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12 DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
mac-MainConfigSCG-r12 MAC-MainConfig OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ srb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 SRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, — Need ON
srb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15 SRB-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ — NE-DC additions for release of RLC bearer config for DRBs
drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15 DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
— UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an SCell
physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ mac-MainConfigSCell-r11 MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 OPTIONAL — Cond SCellAdd
]],
[[ naics-Info-r12 NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell-r13 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
neighCellsCRS-Info-r15 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-Config-v1530 SPS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 ::= SEQUENCE {
physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0
}
SRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod
SRB-ToAddModListExt-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF SRB-ToAddMod
SRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
srb-Identity INTEGER (1..2),
rlc-Config CHOICE {
explicitValue RLC-Config,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, — Cond Setup
logicalChannelConfig CHOICE {
explicitValue LogicalChannelConfig,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, — Cond Setup
…,
[[ pdcp-verChange-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Cond NR-PDCP
rlc-Config-v1530 RLC-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15 RLC-BearerConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
srb-Identity-v1530 INTEGER (4) OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1560 RLC-Config-v1510 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1700 RLC-Config-v1700 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod
DRB-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddMod
DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12
DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12
DRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
eps-BearerIdentity INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Cond DRB-Setup
drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
pdcp-Config PDCP-Config OPTIONAL, — Cond PDCP
rlc-Config RLC-Config OPTIONAL, — Cond SetupM
logicalChannelIdentity INTEGER (3..10) OPTIONAL, — Cond DRB-SetupM
logicalChannelConfig LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, — Cond SetupM
…,
[[ drb-TypeChange-r12 ENUMERATED {toMCG} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
rlc-Config-v1250 RLC-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1310 RLC-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
drb-TypeLWA-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
drb-TypeLWIP-r13 ENUMERATED {lwip, lwip-DL-only,
lwip-UL-only, eutran} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1430 RLC-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
lwip-UL-Aggregation-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Cond LWIP
lwip-DL-Aggregation-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Cond LWIP
lwa-WLAN-AC-r14 ENUMERATED {ac-bk, ac-be, ac-vi, ac-vo} OPTIONAL — Cond UL-LWA
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1510 RLC-Config-v1510 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1530 RLC-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15 RLC-BearerConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
logicalChannelIdentity-r15 INTEGER (32..38) OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ daps-HO-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Cond DAPS
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1700 RLC-Config-v1700 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-Identity-r12 DRB-Identity,
drb-Type-r12 CHOICE {
split-r12 NULL,
scg-r12 SEQUENCE {
eps-BearerIdentity-r12 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Cond DRB-Setup
pdcp-Config-r12 PDCP-Config OPTIONAL — Cond PDCP-S
}
} OPTIONAL, — Cond SetupS2
rlc-ConfigSCG-r12 RLC-Config OPTIONAL, — Cond SetupS
rlc-Config-v1250 RLC-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r12 INTEGER (3..10) OPTIONAL, — Cond DRB-SetupS
logicalChannelConfigSCG-r12 LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, — Cond SetupS
…,
[[ rlc-Config-v1430 RLC-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 INTEGER (32..38) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rlc-Config-v1530 RLC-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15 RLC-BearerConfig-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1560 RLC-Config-v1510 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToReleaseList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity
DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-Identity
SRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2)
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11
}
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11 PhysCellId,
antennaPortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList,
…,
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r13
}
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r13
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r13 PhysCellId,
antennaPortsCount-r13 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r13 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…,
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r15
}
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r15
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r15 PhysCellId,
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
neighCellsToReleaseList-r12 NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL , — Need ON
neighCellsToAddModList-r12 NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
servCellp-a-r12 P-a OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF PhysCellId
NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF NeighCellsInfo-r12
NeighCellsInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r12 PhysCellId,
p-b-r12 INTEGER (0..3),
crs-PortsCount-r12 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare},
mbsfn-SubframeConfig-r12 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, — Need ON
p-aList-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12)) OF P-a,
transmissionModeList-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
resAllocGranularity-r12 INTEGER (1..4),
…
}
P-a ::= ENUMERATED { dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}
RLC-BearerConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rlc-Config-r15 RLC-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
logicalChannelIdentityConfig-r15 CHOICE {
logicalChannelIdentity-r15 INTEGER (1..10),
logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15 INTEGER (32..38)
},
logicalChannelConfig-r15 LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
RadioResourceConfigDedicated field descriptions |
|---|
|
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated Indicates whether use of CRS for improving channel estimation on MPDCCH is enabled in RRC_CONNECTED. If this field is not configured, the field crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon in SystemInformationBlockType2 applies, if present. |
|
crs-IntfMitigConfig crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of this field indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarred in SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred. |
|
crs-PortsCount Parameter represents the number of antenna ports for cell-specific reference signal used by the signaled neighboring cell where n1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, n2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.1. |
|
daps-HO This field indicates that the handover, triggered in the same RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, shall be performed as a DAPS HO for the DRB. daps-HO is not configured if sidelink is configured. |
|
drb-Identity In case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the configuration. |
|
drb-ToAddModList When drb-ToAddModList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModList (without suffix). |
|
drb-ToAddModListSCG When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB. When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG (without suffix). When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be (re-)configured. |
|
drb-ToReleaseList When drb-ToReleaseList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToReleaseList (without suffix). |
|
drb-ToReleaseListSCG When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be released. |
|
drb-Type This field indicates whether the DRB is split or SCG DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure split and SCG DRBs simultaneously for the UE. |
|
drb-TypeChange Indicates that a split/SCG DRB is reconfigured to an MCG DRB (i.e. E-UTRAN only signals the field in case the DRB type changes). |
|
drb-TypeLWA Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured as an LWA DRB or an LWA DRB is reconfigured not to use WLAN resources. NOTE 1 |
|
drb-TypeLWIP Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured to use LWIP Tunnel in UL and DL (value lwip), DL only (value lwip-DL-only), UL only (value lwip-UL-only) or not to use LWIP Tunnel (value eutran). |
|
dummy This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
logicalChannelConfig For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2. |
|
logicalChannelIdentity, LogicalChannelIdentityExt The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. Value 4 is not configured for DRBs if SRB4 is configured. When logicalChannelIdentity-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentity (without suffix). |
|
logicalChannelIdentitySCG The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. When logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentitySCG (without suffix). |
|
lwa-WLAN-AC For LWA bearers, indicates the corresponding WLAN access category for uplink. AC-BK (value ac-bk) corresponds to Background access category, AC-BE (value ac-be) corresponds to Best Effort access category, AC-VI (value ac-vi) corresponds to Video access category and AC-VO (value ac-vo) corresponds to Voice access category as defined by IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. If lwa-WLAN-AC is not configured, it is left up to UE to decide which IEEE 802.11 AC value to use when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN in the uplink. |
|
lwip-DL-Aggregation, lwip-UL-Aggregation Indicates whether LWIP is configured to utilize LWIP aggregation in DL or UL. |
|
mac-MainConfig Although the ASN.1 includes a choice that is used to indicate whether the mac-MainConfig is signalled explicitly or set to the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2, EUTRAN does not apply "defaultValue". |
|
mbsfn-SubframeConfig Defines the MBSFN subframe configuration used by the signaled neighboring cell. If absent, UE assumes no MBSFN configuration for the neighboring cell. |
|
measSubframePatternPCell Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for the PCell measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring). |
|
neighCellsCRS-Info, neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell, neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell This field contains assistance information used by the UE to mitigate interference from CRS while performing RRM/RLM/CSI measurement or data demodulation or DL control channel demodulation. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS non-colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference RRM/RLM (as specified in TS 36.133 [16]) and for CSI (as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) on the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternPCell, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, csi-MeasSubframeSet1 if configured, and the CSI subframe set 1 if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured. The UE may use CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference from the cells in the CRS-AssistanceInfoList for the demodulation purpose or DL control channel demodulation as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. EUTRAN does not configure neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 or neighCellsCRS-Info-r13 if eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured. |
|
neighCellsToAddModList This field contains assistance information used by the UE to cancel and suppress interference of a neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes that the transmission parameters listed in the sub-fields are used by the neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes the neighbour cell is subframe and SFN synchronized to the serving cell, has the same system bandwidth, UL/DL and special subframe configuration, and cyclic prefix length as the serving cell. |
|
newUE-Identity C-RNTI used after moving to RRC_CONNECTED in response to transmission using PUR. |
|
p-aList Indicates the restricted subset of power offset for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM PDSCH transmissions for the neighbouring cell by using the parameter |
|
p-b Parameter: |
|
pdcp-verChange Indicates that the PDCP version of the SRB is changed from NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP. Network only configures this version change for during handover, resume and first reconfiguration after re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG. |
|
physicalConfigDedicated The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4. |
|
resAllocGranularity Indicates the resource allocation and precoding granularity in PRB pair level of the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. |
|
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary The configuration of a secondary RLC bearer within the same Cell Group as may e.g. be used in case of PDCP duplication using CA. The configuration comprises a (secondary) RLC entity, a logical channel identity and a logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs. For SRBs, E-UTRAN only configures the field for MCG (i.e. if included in radioResourceConfigDedicated. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity. The primary RLC entity is configured by RLC-Config. |
|
rlc-Config For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs. |
|
servCellp-a Indicates the power offset for QPSK C-RNTI based PDSCH transmissions used by the serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc. |
|
sps-Config The default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Config for MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Config for SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). In one serving cell, sps-Config-v1530 is not present simultaneously with either sps-Config (without suffix) or sps-Config-r12. |
|
srb-Identity Value 1 is applicable for SRB1 only. Value 2 is applicable for SRB2 only. Value 4 is applicable for SRB4 only, if configured. For a split SRB the same identity is used for the MCG and NR SCG RLC bearer configurations. If srb-Identity-v1530 is received, the UE shall ignore srb-Identity (i.e. without suffix). |
|
srb-Identity-v1530 E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG. |
|
srb-ToAddModListExt The field is to configure SRB4. |
|
srb-ToAddModList E-UTRAN configures the same RAT type (i.e. EUTRA or NR) for PDCP configuration of SRB1 and SRB2. |
|
transmissionModeList Indicates a subset of transmission mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, for the signaled neighboring cell for which NeighCellsInfo applies. When TM10 is signaled, other signaled transmission parameters in NeighCellsInfo are not applicable to up to 8 layer transmission scheme of TM10. E-UTRAN may indicate TM9 when TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with |
NOTE 1: It is up to eNB to ensure that the field indicating LWA bearer type is set to FALSE when LWA bearer is no longer used (e.g. during handover or re-establishment where LWA configuration is released).
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
CRSIM |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 is not present; otherwise it is not present. |
|
DRB-Setup |
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up and the UE is connected to EPC; otherwise it is not present. |
|
DRB-SetupM |
The field is: – mandatory present: – for the UE without SCG: upon setup of MCG DRB; – for E-UTRA DC, upon setup of MCG or split DRB; – for (NG)EN-DC: – upon setup of MCG RLC bearer; – optionally present, Need ON: – for E-UTRA DC, upon change from SCG to MCG DRB; – for (NG)EN-DC: – upon change of keyToUse, as defined in TS 38.331 [82], for a DRB configured with an MCG RLC bearer; – when configured with MCG RLC bearer, upon change of S-KgNB without handover; – not present otherwise. |
|
DRB-SetupS |
The field is: – mandatory present: – for E-UTRA DC: – upon setup of SCG or split DRB; – upon change from MCG to split DRB; – for NE-DC: – upon setup of SCG RLC bearer; – optionally present, Need ON: – for E-UTRA DC, upon change from MCG to SCG DRB; – for NE-DC, upon change of keyToUse, as defined in TS 38.331 [82], for a DRB configured with an SCG RLC bearer; – not present otherwise. |
|
HO-Conn |
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or in case of RRC connection establishment (excluding RRCConnectionResume); otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. Upon connection establishment/ re-establishment only SRB1 is applicable (excluding RRCConnectionResume). |
|
HO-toEUTRA |
The field is mandatory present – in case of handover to E-UTRA with the configuration for at least one MCG RLC bearer; or – when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with the configuration for at least one MCG bearer or split data bearer; In case of RRC connection establishment (excluding RRCConnectionResume); and RRC connection re-establishment the field is not present; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. |
|
HO-toEUTRA2 |
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. |
|
LWIP |
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if drb-TypeLWIP-r13 is configured and not set to eutran; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
DAPS |
This field is optionally present, Need ON, – in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig and the rach-Skip are not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; and – when the uplinkDataCompression and the ethernetHeaderCompression are not configured for the DRB; and – when SCell(s) and SCG are not configured; and – when the conditionalReconfiguration is not configured; and – when the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is not included in a conditionalReconfiguration. Otherwise the field is not present. |
|
NR-PDCP |
The field is optional present, Need ON, when the SRB is configured with NR-PDCP prior to reception of this reconfiguration message. Otherwise it is not present. |
|
PDCP |
The field is mandatory present: – when connected to E-UTRA/EPC: – for the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON: : – when connected to E-UTRA/EPC: – for the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, upon reconfiguration of the corresponding split DRB or LWA DRB, upon the corresponding DRB type change from split to MCG bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from MCG to split bearer or LWA bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from LWA to LTE only bearer, upon handover within E-UTRA and upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment but in all these cases only when fullConfig is not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise it is not present. |
|
PDCP-S |
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCG change; otherwise it is not present. |
|
RLC-Setup |
This field is optionally present if the corresponding DRB is being setup, need ON; otherwise it is not present. |
|
SCellAdd |
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present. |
|
Setup |
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. |
|
SetupM |
The field is mandatory present upon setup of an MCG or split DRB, or upon setup of MCG RLC bearer; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. |
|
SetupS |
The field is mandatory present: – for E-UTRA DC: – upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, – upon change from MCG to split DRB; – for NE-DC, upon setup of SCG RLC bearer; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. |
|
SetupS2 |
The field is: – mandatory present: – for E-UTRA DC: – upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon change from MCG to split or SCG DRB. – optionally present, need ON: – for E-UTRA DC: – for an SCG DRB otherwise the field is not present. |
|
Split-SRB1-SRB3 |
This field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3. It is absent otherwise. |
|
SPS |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config (without suffix) is not configured; otherwise it is not present. |
|
SPS2 |
The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config-r12 is not configured; otherwise it is not present. |
|
UL-LWA |
The field is optionally present, need ON if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present. |
– RCLWI-Configuration
The IE RCLWI-Configuration is used to add, modify or release the RCLWI configuration.
— ASN1START
RCLWI-Configuration-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rclwi-Config-r13 RCLWI-Config-r13
}
}
RCLWI-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
command CHOICE {
steerToWLAN-r13 SEQUENCE {
mobilityConfig-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r12
},
steerToLTE-r13 NULL
},
…
}
— ASN1STOP
– ResourceReservationConfig
The IE ResourceReservationConfig is used to specify the resource reservation, e.g. for coexistence with NR.
ResourceReservationConfig information element
— ASN1START
ResourceReservationConfigDL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
periodicityStartPos-r16 PeriodicityStartPos-r16,
resourceReservationFreq-r16 CHOICE {
rbg-Bitmap1dot4 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
rbg-Bitmap3 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
rbg-Bitmap5 BIT STRING (SIZE (13)),
rbg-Bitmap10 BIT STRING (SIZE (17)),
rbg-Bitmap15 BIT STRING (SIZE (19)),
rbg-Bitmap20 BIT STRING (SIZE (25))
} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
slotBitmap-r16 CHOICE {
slotPattern10ms BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
slotPattern40ms BIT STRING (SIZE (80))
},
symbolBitmap1-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (7)) OPTIONAL, — Cond Bitmap1
symbolBitmap2-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (7)) OPTIONAL, — Cond Bitmap2
…
}
ResourceReservationConfigUL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
periodicityStartPos-r16 PeriodicityStartPos-r16,
slotBitmap-r16 CHOICE {
slotPattern10ms BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
slotPattern40ms BIT STRING (SIZE (80))
} OPTIONAL, — Cond FDDandTDDnoDL
symbolBitmap1-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (7)) OPTIONAL, — Cond Bitmap1
symbolBitmap2-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (7)) OPTIONAL, — Cond Bitmap2
…
}
PeriodicityStartPos-r16 ::= CHOICE {
periodicity10ms NULL,
periodicity20ms INTEGER(0..1),
periodicity40ms INTEGER(0..3),
periodicity80ms INTEGER(0..7),
periodicity160ms INTEGER(0..15),
spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
}
— ASN1STOP
|
ResourceReservationConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
periodicityStartPos Indicates periodicity and start offset of the reserved resources. Value set to periodicity10ms corresponds to periodicity 10 milliseconds and corresponding start position is 0, value set to periodicity20ms corresponds to periodicity 20 milliseconds and corresponding start position in milliseconds = indicated value * 10ms, and so on. |
|
resourceReservationFreq Downlink frequency domain resource reservation bitmap where each bit corresponds to a resource block group (RBG), see TS 36.213 [23]. Value rbg-Bitmap1dot4 corresponds to 1.4 MHz system bandwidth, value rbg-Bitmap3 corresponds to 3 MHz system bandwidth, and so on. If the field is absent, all RBGs in the system bandwidth are reserved. |
|
slotBitmap Slot-level resource reservation configuration. Value slotPattern10ms corresponds to 10ms slot pattern and slotPattern40ms corresponds to 40ms slot pattern, see TS 36.213 [23] for DL and TS 36.211 [21] for UL. The first/leftmost 2-bits corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod periodicity = start position, as indicated by periopdicityStartPos. Two bits for each subframe coded as: 00: both slots are not reserved 01: the first slot is not reserved, the second slot is reserved 10: the first slot is reserved, the second slot is not reserved 11: both slots are reserved. For a UE that supports subframe-level resource reservation but does not support slot/symbol-level resource reservation, two bits for each subframe are interpreted as: 00: subframe is not reserved 01: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling. 10: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling. 11: subframe is reserved. If the field is not included in UL configuration, the value of the field from DL configuration applies. |
|
symbolBitmap1, symbolBitmap2 Provides the symbol-level resource reservation for one subframe. If symbolBitmap1 is absent, value ’01’ in the slotBitmap corresponds to the whole 2nd slot being reserved. If symbolBitmap2 is absent, value ’10’ in the slotBitmap corresponds to the whole 1st slot being reserved. A UE that supports subframe-level resource reservation but does not support slot/symbol-level resource reservation shall ignore symbolBitmap1 and symbolBitmap2, if present. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|
|---|---|---|
|
Bitmap1 |
The field is optionally present, need OR, if value of slotBitmap corresponding to at least one subframe is ’01’; otherwise the field is not present. |
|
|
Bitmap2 |
The field is optionally present, need OR, if value of slotBitmap corresponding to at least one subframe is ’10’; otherwise the field is not present. |
|
|
FDDandTDDnoDL |
The field is mandatory present for TDD when resource reservation for DL is not configured, and for FDD; otherwise the field is optionally present, need OP. |
|
– RLC-Config
The IE RLC-Config is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs.
RLC-Config information element
— ASN1START
RLC-Config ::= CHOICE {
am SEQUENCE {
ul-AM-RLC UL-AM-RLC,
dl-AM-RLC DL-AM-RLC
},
um-Bi-Directional SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC,
dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
},
um-Uni-Directional-UL SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC
},
um-Uni-Directional-DL SEQUENCE {
dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
},
…
}
RLC-Config-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12 BOOLEAN,
dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12 BOOLEAN
}
RLC-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13 BOOLEAN,
dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13 BOOLEAN,
pollPDU-v1310 PollPDU-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
RLC-Config-v1430 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pollByte-r14 PollByte-r14
}
}
RLC-Config-v1510 ::= SEQUENCE {
reestablishRLC-r15 ENUMERATED {true}
}
RLC-Config-v1530 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15 ENUMERATED {true}
}
}
RLC-Config-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
t-ReorderingExt-r17 SetupRelease {T-ReorderingExt-r17}
}
RLC-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
mode-r15 CHOICE {
am-r15 SEQUENCE {
ul-AM-RLC-r15 UL-AM-RLC-r15,
dl-AM-RLC-r15 DL-AM-RLC-r15
},
um-Bi-Directional-r15 SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC-r15 UL-UM-RLC,
dl-UM-RLC-r15 DL-UM-RLC-r15
},
um-Uni-Directional-UL-r15 SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC-r15 UL-UM-RLC
},
um-Uni-Directional-DL-r15 SEQUENCE {
dl-UM-RLC-r15 DL-UM-RLC-r15
}
},
reestablishRLC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…
}
UL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
t-PollRetransmit T-PollRetransmit,
pollPDU PollPDU,
pollByte PollByte,
maxRetxThreshold ENUMERATED {
t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}
}
UL-AM-RLC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
t-PollRetransmit-r15 T-PollRetransmit,
pollPDU-r15 PollPDU-r15,
pollByte-r15 PollByte-r14,
maxRetxThreshold-r15 ENUMERATED {
t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32},
extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15 BOOLEAN
}
DL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
t-Reordering T-Reordering,
t-StatusProhibit T-StatusProhibit
}
DL-AM-RLC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
t-Reordering-r15 T-Reordering,
t-StatusProhibit-r15 T-StatusProhibit,
extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15 BOOLEAN
}
UL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLength
}
DL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLength,
t-Reordering T-Reordering
}
DL-UM-RLC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
sn-FieldLength-r15 SN-FieldLength-r15,
t-Reordering-r15 T-Reordering
}
SN-FieldLength ::= ENUMERATED {size5, size10}
SN-FieldLength-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {size5, size10, size16-r15}
T-PollRetransmit ::= ENUMERATED {
ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310,
ms1000-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms4000-v1310,
spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
PollPDU ::= ENUMERATED {
p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, pInfinity}
PollPDU-v1310 ::= ENUMERATED {
p512, p1024, p2048, p4096, p6144, p8192, p12288, p16384}
PollPDU-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {
p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, p512, p1024,
p2048-r15, p4096-r15, p6144-r15, p8192-r15,
p12288-r15, p16384-r15, pInfinity}
PollByte ::= ENUMERATED {
kB25, kB50, kB75, kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375,
kB500, kB750, kB1000, kB1250, kB1500, kB2000,
kB3000, kBinfinity, spare1}
PollByte-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {
kB1, kB2, kB5, kB8, kB10, kB15, kB3500,
kB4000, kB4500, kB5000, kB5500, kB6000, kB6500,
kB7000, kB7500, kB8000, kB9000, kB10000, kB11000, kB12000,
kB13000, kB14000, kB15000, kB16000, kB17000, kB18000,
kB19000, kB20000, kB25000, kB30000, kB35000, kB40000}
T-Reordering ::= ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110,
ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170,
ms180, ms190, ms200, ms1600-v1310}
T-ReorderingExt-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {ms2200, ms3200}
T-StatusProhibit ::= ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310,
ms1000-v1310, ms1200-v1310, ms1600-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms2400-v1310, spare2,
spare1}
— ASN1STOP
|
RLC-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field, ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field Indicates the RLC LI field size. Value TRUE means that 15 bit LI length shall be used, otherwise 11 bit LI length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am. |
|
maxRetxThreshold Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on. |
|
reestablishRLC Indicates that RLC shall be re-established. For a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC, E-UTRAN may include this field for the (primary) RLC entity of an MCG RLC bearer of a DRB (used upon change from SN terminated split to MN terminated MCG RLC bearer). For a UE configured with NE-DC, E-UTRAN may include this field for the (primary) RLC entity of an SCG RLC bearer of a DRB or of an SRB (used upon key refresh for MN terminated split RB). |
|
pollByte Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value kB25 corresponds to 25 kBytes, kB50 to 50 kBytes and so on. kBInfinity corresponds to an infinite amount of kBytes. In case pollByte-r14 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollByte (i.e. without suffix). |
|
pollPDU Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value p4 corresponds to 4 PDUs, p8 to 8 PDUs and so on. pInfinity corresponds to an infinite number of PDUs. In case pollPDU-r13 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollPDU (i.e. without suffix). E-UTRAN enables pollPDU-v1310 field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am. |
|
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery Indicates that out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP is configured for this RLC entity as specified in TS 36.322 [7]. |
|
sn-FieldLength Indicates the UM RLC SN field size, see TS 36.322 [7], in bits. Value size5 means 5 bits, size10 means 10 bits. |
|
t-PollRetransmit Timer for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5ms, ms10 means 10ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports CE. |
|
t-Reordering Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on. |
|
t-ReorderingExt Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms2200 corresponds to 2200 ms, value ms3200 corresponds to 3200 ms. The UE shall use the extended value t-ReorderingExt-r17, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t-Reordering or t-Reordering-r15. |
|
t-StatusProhibit Timer for status reporting in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports operation in CE. |
|
ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN, dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN Indicates whether or not the UE shall use the extended SN and SO length for AM bearer. Value TRUE means that 16 bit SN length and 16 bit SO length shall be used, otherwise 10 bit SN length and 15 bit SO length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7]. |
– RLF-TimersAndConstants
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED.
RLF-TimersAndConstants information element
— ASN1START
RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
t301-r9 ENUMERATED {
ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
ms2000},
t310-r9 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
n310-r9 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
t311-r9 ENUMERATED {
ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
ms20000, ms30000},
n311-r9 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
…
}
}
RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
t301-v1310 ENUMERATED {
ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000,
ms6000, ms8000, ms10000},
…,
[[ t310-v1330 ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
}
RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
t313-r12 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
n313-r12 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
n314-r12 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
…
}
}
RLF-TimersAndConstantsMCG-Failure-r16 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
t316-r16 ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400,
ms500, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000},
…
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
RLF-TimersAndConstants field descriptions |
|---|
|
n3xy Constants are described in clause 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on. |
|
t3xy Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on. E-UTRAN configures RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 only if UE supports ce-ModeB. UE shall use the extended values t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330, if present, and ignore the values signaled by t3xy-r9. |
– RN-SubframeConfig
The IE RN-SubframeConfig is used to specify the subframe configuration for an RN.
RN-SubframeConfig information element
— ASN1START
RN-SubframeConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigPattern-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfigPatternFDD-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
subframeConfigPatternTDD-r10 INTEGER (0..31)
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rpdcch-Config-r10 SEQUENCE {
resourceAllocationType-r10 ENUMERATED {type0, type1, type2Localized, type2Distributed,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
resourceBlockAssignment-r10 CHOICE {
type01-r10 CHOICE {
nrb6-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
nrb15-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
nrb25-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(13)),
nrb50-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(17)),
nrb75-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(19)),
nrb100-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(25))
},
type2-r10 CHOICE {
nrb6-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(5)),
nrb15-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
nrb25-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(9)),
nrb50-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(11)),
nrb75-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(12)),
nrb100-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(13))
},
…
},
demodulationRS-r10 CHOICE {
interleaving-r10 ENUMERATED {crs},
noInterleaving-r10 ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs}
},
pdsch-Start-r10 INTEGER (1..3),
pucch-Config-r10 CHOICE {
tdd CHOICE {
channelSelectionMultiplexingBundling SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-List-r10 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
},
fallbackForFormat3 SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10 INTEGER (0..2047),
n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
},
fdd SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10 INTEGER (0..2047),
n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
},
…
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…
}
— ASN1STOP
|
RN-SubframeConfig field descriptions |
|
demodulationRS Indicates which reference signals are used for R-PDCCH demodulation according to TS 36.216 [55], clause 7.4.1. Value interleaving corresponds to cross-interleaving and value noInterleaving corresponds to no cross-interleaving according to TS 36.216 [55], clauses 7.4.2 and 7.4.3. |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-List Parameter: |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-P0, n1PUCCH-AN-P1 Parameter: |
|
pdsch-Start Parameter: DL-StartSymbol, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.4-1. |
|
resourceAllocationType Represents the resource allocation used: type 0, type 1 or type 2 according to TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Value type0 corresponds to type 0, value type1 corresponds to type 1, value type2Localized corresponds to type 2 with localized virtual resource blocks and type2Distributed corresponds to type 2 with distributed virtual resource blocks. |
|
resourceBlockAssignment Indicates the resource block assignment bits according to TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Value type01 corresponds to type 0 and type 1, and the value type2 corresponds to type 2. Value nrb6 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 6 resource blocks, value nrb15 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 15 resource blocks, and so on. |
|
subframeConfigPatternFDD Parameter: SubframeConfigurationFDD, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.2-1. Defines the DL subframe configuration for eNB-to-RN transmission, i.e. those subframes in which the eNB may indicate downlink assignments for the RN. The radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first bit of the subframeConfigPatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 4 = 0. |
|
subframeConfigPatternTDD Parameter: SubframeConfigurationTDD, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.2-2. Defines the DL and UL subframe configuration for eNB-RN transmission. |
– RSS-Config
The IE RSS-Config is used to specify the RSS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21].
RSS-Config information element
— ASN1START
RSS-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
duration-r15 ENUMERATED {sf8, sf16, sf32, sf40},
freqLocation-r15 INTEGER (0..98),
periodicity-r15 ENUMERATED {ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280},
powerBoost-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB4dot8, dB6},
timeOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..31)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
RSS-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
duration Duration of RSS in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, value sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on. |
|
freqLocation Frequency location (lowest PRB number) of RSS. |
|
periodicity Periodicity of RSS. Value ms160 corresponds to 160 ms, value ms320 corresponds to 320 ms and so on. |
|
powerBoost Power offset of RSS relative to CRS in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, value dB4dot8 corresponds to 4.8 dB and so on. |
|
timeOffset Time offset of RSS in frames. The actual value of time offset is based on the value of periodicity, as follows: For periodicity 160 ms, only value range 0 to 15 are applicable. Actual value = timeOffset * 1 frame. For periodicity 320 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 1 frame. For periodicity 640 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 2 frames. For periodicity 1280 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 4 frames. |
– SchedulingRequestConfig
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters
SchedulingRequestConfig information element
— ASN1START
SchedulingRequestConfig ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex INTEGER (0..2047),
sr-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..157),
dsr-TransMax ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
}
SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..2047),
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r13 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sr-ConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..157),
dsr-TransMax-r13 ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
}
SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH-r15 INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH-r15 INTEGER (0..3959) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sr-ConfigIndexSlot-r15 INTEGER (0..36) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sr-ConfigIndexSubslot-r15 INTEGER (0..122) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dssr-TransMax-r15 ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
}
SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319)
— ASN1STOP
|
SchedulingRequestConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
dsr-TransMax Parameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured. |
|
dssr-TransMax Parameter for SPUCCH SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured. |
|
sr-ConfigIndex, sr-ConfigIndexSlot, sr-ConfigIndexSubslot Parameter |
|
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1 Parameter: |
|
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5. |
|
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is disabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5. |
|
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList Resource configuration for SR using subslot-SPUCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5. |
– SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PDSCH configuration when sTTI is used.
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
resourceAllocation-r15 ENUMERATED {
resourceAllocationType0,resourceAllocationType2} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tbsIndexAlt-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {a33} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {b33} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {a37} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
altCQI-TableSTTI, altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for aperiodic CSI reporting for slot or subslot PDSCH for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure the same value for altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 in SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 if the value of altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 if the value of altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. If both altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured. |
|
resourceAllocation Parameter indicates resource allocation type for slot-PDSCH or subslot-PDSCH. |
|
tbsIndexAlt-STTI Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F and 7-1G. Value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead. |
|
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1B/7-1C/7-1D. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead. |
|
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F/7-1G. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A. If this field does not configure an alternative TBS index for ITBS 37, the UE shall use ITBS 37 specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 for all slots/subslots instead. |
– SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration when sTTI is used.
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot-r15 Enable256QAM-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
resourceAllocationOffset-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot-r15 BOOLEAN,
…
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index Parameter: |
|
betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index Parameter: |
|
betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index Parameter: |
|
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot Indicates that 256QAM for slot or subslot is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. |
|
resourceAllocationOffset Indicates an RB resource allocation offset of 1 or 2 PRBs for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH. When the field is absent, the UE assumes no offset is used (i.e. offset = 0). |
|
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS. |
– SoundingRS-UL-Config
The IE SoundingRS-UL-Config is used to specify the uplink Sounding RS configuration for periodic and aperiodic sounding.
SoundingRS-UL-Config information element
— ASN1START
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-BandwidthConfig ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3, bw4, bw5, bw6, bw7},
srs-SubframeConfig ENUMERATED {
sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7,
sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15},
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission BOOLEAN,
srs-MaxUpPts ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL — Cond TDD
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
srs-HoppingBandwidth ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
freqDomainPosition INTEGER (0..23),
duration BOOLEAN,
srs-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023),
transmissionComb INTEGER (0..1),
cyclicShift ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-AntennaPort-r10 SRS-AntennaPort
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
transmissionComb-v1310 INTEGER (2..3) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cyclicShift-v1310 ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-UpPtsAdd-r13 ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4},
srs-Bandwidth-r13 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
srs-HoppingBandwidth-r13 ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
freqDomainPosition-r13 INTEGER (0..23),
duration-r13 BOOLEAN,
srs-ConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..1023),
transmissionComb-r13 INTEGER (0..3),
cyclicShift-r13 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
srs-AntennaPort-r13 SRS-AntennaPort,
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10 INTEGER (0..31),
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r10 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r10 OPTIONAL,–Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r10 SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r10 SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
…
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-v1310 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 OPTIONAL,–Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-v1310 SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-v1310 SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-UpPtsAdd-r13 ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4},
srs-ConfigIndexAp-r13 INTEGER (0..31),
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r13 OPTIONAL,–Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r13 SRS-ConfigAp-r13,
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r13 SRS-ConfigAp-r13
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-SubframeIndication-r14 INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigIndexAp-r16 INTEGER (0..31),
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAdd-r16
OPTIONAL, –Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r16 SRS-ConfigAdd-r16,
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r16 SRS-ConfigAdd-r16
}
} OPTIONAL –Need ON
}
SRS-ConfigAp-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-AntennaPortAp-r10 SRS-AntennaPort,
srs-BandwidthAp-r10 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
freqDomainPositionAp-r10 INTEGER (0..23),
transmissionCombAp-r10 INTEGER (0..1),
cyclicShiftAp-r10 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
}
SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionCombAp-v1310 INTEGER (2..3) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
cyclicShiftAp-v1310 ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
SRS-ConfigAp-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-AntennaPortAp-r13 SRS-AntennaPort,
srs-BandwidthAp-r13 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
freqDomainPositionAp-r13 INTEGER (0..23),
transmissionCombAp-r13 INTEGER (0..3),
cyclicShiftAp-r13 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
SRS-AntennaPort ::= ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}
SRS-ConfigAdd-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-RepNumAdd-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n7, n8, n9, n12, n13},
srs-BandwidthAdd-r16 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
srs-HoppingBandwidthAdd-r16 ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
srs-FreqDomainPosAdd-r16 INTEGER (0..23),
srs-AntennaPortAdd-r16 SRS-AntennaPort,
srs-CyclicShiftAdd-r16 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
srs-TransmissionCombNumAdd-r16 ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
srs-TransmissionCombAdd-r16 INTEGER (0..3),
srs-StartPosAdd-r16 INTEGER (1..13),
srs-DurationAdd-r16 INTEGER (1..13),
srs-GuardSymbolAS-Add-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
srs-GuardSymbolFH-Add-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
— ASN1STOP
|
SoundingRS-UL-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-SRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. For SCells without PUCCH configured, this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value. |
|
cyclicShift, cyclicShiftAp, srs-CyclicShiftAdd Parameter: n_SRS for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.1, where cs0 corresponds to 0 etc. |
|
duration Parameter: Duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [21], clause 8.2. FALSE corresponds to "single" and value TRUE to "indefinite". |
|
freqDomainPosition, freqDomainPositionAp, srs-FreqDomainPosAdd Parameter: |
|
srs-AntennaPort, srs-AntennaPortAp, srs-AntennaPortAdd Indicates the number of antenna ports used for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3. UE shall release srs-AntennaPort if SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is released. |
|
srs-Bandwidth, srs-BandwidthAp, srs-BandwidthAdd Parameter: |
|
srs-BandwidthConfig Parameter: SRS Bandwidth Configuration. See TS 36.211, [21], tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4. Actual configuration depends on UL bandwidth. bw0 corresponds to value 0, bw1 to value 1 and so on. |
|
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0 / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4 Parameters indicate the resource configurations for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmissions triggered by DCI formats 0, 1A, 2B, 2C, 4. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. |
|
srs-ConfigIndex, srs-ConfigIndexAp Parameter: ISRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [23], tables 8.2-1 and 8.2-2, for periodic and TS 36.213 [23], tables 8.2-4 an8.2-5, for aperiodic and additional SRS transmission. If both srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10 and srs-ConfigIndexAp-r16 are included, E-UTRAN configures the same value for both fields. |
|
srs-DurationAdd Indicates the duration of the additional SRS including guard symbols within a UL subframe, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3. E-UTRAN configures addSRS-StartPos and this field such that all the configured additional SRS occur within the same subframe. |
|
srs-GuardSymbolAS-Add If enabled, there is a guard period of one symbol after antenna switching, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3 and TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.2. |
|
srs-GuardSymbolFH-Add If enabled, there is a guard period of one symbol after frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3 and TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.2. |
|
srs-HoppingBandwidth, srs-HoppingBandwidthAdd Parameter: SRS hopping bandwidth |
|
srs-MaxUpPts Parameter: srsMaxUpPts, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2. If this field is present, reconfiguration of |
|
srs-RepNumAdd Parameter: R which indicates the number of the additional SRS repetitions, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2 and TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.3. |
|
srs-StartPosAdd Indicates the starting position of the additional SRS within a UL subframe excluding UpPTS, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3. |
|
srs-SubframeConfig Parameter: SRS SubframeConfiguration except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211, [21], table 5.5.3.3-1, applies for FDD whereas TS 36.211 [21], table 5.5.3.3-2, applies for TDD. sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 corresponds to value 1 and so on. |
|
srs-SubframeIndication Parameter: SRS subframe indication in SRS parameter set configuration for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission on an LAA SCell configured with uplink, see TS 36.213 [23]. |
|
srs-UpPtsAdd The field only applies for TDD and frame structure type 3, see TS 36.211 [21]. If E-UTRAN configures both soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt, srs-UpPtsAdd in both fields is set to the same value. If E-UTRAN configures soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and/or soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt, srs-UpPtsAdd in all fields are set to the same value. |
|
transmissionComb, transmissionCombAp, srs-TransmissionCombAdd Parameter: |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
TDD |
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– SPDCCH-Config
The IE SPDCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPDCCH configuration.
SPDCCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
SPDCCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication-r15 ENUMERATED {n0,n1,n2} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
spdcch-SetConfig-r15 SPDCCH-Set-r15 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
SPDCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPDCCH-Elements-r15
SPDCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
spdcch-SetConfigId-r15 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15 ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
transmissionType-r15 ENUMERATED {localised, distributed} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
spdcch-NoOfSymbols-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r15 INTEGER (0..503) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dci7-CandidatesPerAL-PDCCH-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF
DCI7-Candidates-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dci7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF
DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
resourceBlockAssignment-r15 SEQUENCE{
numberRB-InFreq-domain-r15 INTEGER (2..100),
resourceBlockAssignment-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE(98))
} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
subslotApplicability-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE(5)) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
al-StartingPointSPDCCH-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF
INTEGER(0..49) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
subframeType-r15 ENUMERATED {mbsfn, nonmbsfn, all} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
rateMatchingMode-r15 ENUMERATED {m1, m2, m3, m4} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…
}
}
DCI7-Candidates-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..6)
DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF DCI7-Candidates-r15
— ASN1STOP
|
SPDCCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
al-StartingPointSPDCCH Indicates the starting SCCE index for an aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.6. |
|
dci7-Candidates Number of candidates in each aggregation level for DCI format 7. The number of PDCCH/SPDCCH candidate(s) M_DCI format 7^((L)) at aggregation level L for monitoring DCI format 7 in PDCCH and SPDCCH region shall conform to the following restriction: • less than or equal to 2 for aggregation level 4 and 8, • less than or equal to 6 for aggregation level 1 and 2 |
|
dci7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH SPDCCH candidates configured per aggregation level in SPDCCH region |
|
dmrs-ScramblingSeqSPDCCH The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter |
|
numberRB-InFreq-domain Indicates the number of resource-blocks in the frequency domain used for the SPDCCH set. There is no restriction on the number of RBs in the frequency domain that can be configured to an SPDCCH resouce set (up to 100), but at least two need to be configured to contain at least one SCCE. The granularity of resource block allocation in frequency domain for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is one in case spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to crs. The granularity of resource block allocation for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is two in case sPDCCH-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to dmrs. |
|
rateMatchingMode Indicates, per resource-set, the mode of SPDCCH rate-matching operation • Mode 1: UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in theSPDCCH resouce-set), otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set. • Mode 2: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set • Mode 3: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found in the resource-set, otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set. • Mode 4: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is not found in the resource-set, otherwise UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in the SPDCCH resource-set) If the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found on a candidate belonging to two SPDCCH resource sets, the DCI format 7 is assumed to be found in both resource sets. |
|
resourceBlockAssignment Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource block in frequency for SPDCCH set, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. The value range is dependent on the combinatorial number defined in 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4 with the assumption of no limitation in the number of RBs in frequency domain configured by the set. |
|
spdcch-NoOfSymbols Indicates the number of OFDM symbols that the CRS based SPDCCH is mapped over. |
|
spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication For the up to two resource sets configured with the same subframeType applicability, the SPDCCH-L1-ReuseIndication defines the allowed combinations for the two resource sets: {1,1}, {2,0} or {0,2} corresponding to the values n0, n1 and n2 repsectively. In case one resource set is configured, the allowed combinations are {2, 0} or {0,2} corresponding to n1 or n2. EUTRAN does not configure n0 in case one resource set is configured. |
|
spdcch-SetConfigId Indicates the ID of the SPDCCH set configured in SPDCCH-Elements. Maximum two sets can be configured for MBSFN and two for non-MBSFN. |
|
spdcch-SetReferenceSig Indicates CRS or DMRS based SPDCCH set. |
|
subframeType Indicates applicable subframe type(s) for the SPDCCH set. CRS-based SPDCCH is only applied to non-MBSFN subframe. |
|
subslotApplicability Indicates the set of subslots within the subframe where SPDCCH candidate set per aggregation levels applies, see DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH. The bitmap applies to the 5 DL subslot indices in a DL subframe. The first element in the sequence DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH applies to the indicated subslotApplicability. The second element in the sequence (if present) applies to the complement of the subslotApplicability. |
|
transmissionType Indicates whether distributed or localized SPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8A.1. |
– SPS-Config
The IE SPS-Config is used to specify the semi-persistent scheduling configuration.
SPS-Config information element
— ASN1START
SPS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI C-RNTI OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sps-ConfigDL SPS-ConfigDL OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigUL SPS-ConfigUL OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
SPS-Config-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SPS-V-RNTI-r14 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sl-SPS-V-RNTI-r14 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigUL
SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14
SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigSL-r14
SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14
SPS-Config-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI-r15 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sps-ConfigDL-r15 SPS-ConfigDL OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL — Need ON
}
SPS-Config-v1540 ::= SEQUENCE {
sps-ConfigDL-STTI-r15 SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15
SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL
SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15
SPS-ConfigDL ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL ENUMERATED {
sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, spare6,
spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1},
numberOfConfSPS-Processes INTEGER (1..8),
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList,
…,
[[ twoAntennaPortActivated-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r10 N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
}
SPS-ConfigUL ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL ENUMERATED {
sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1-v1430,
sf2-v1430, sf3-v1430, sf4-v1430, sf5-v1430,
spare1},
implicitReleaseAfter ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},
p0-Persistent SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent INTEGER (-8..7)
} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
twoIntervalsConfig ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD
…,
[[ p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
} OPTIONAL — Need ON
]],
[[ numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes-r13 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ fixedRV-NonAdaptive-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sps-ConfigIndex-r14 SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430 ENUMERATED {
sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500,
sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000, spare5,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OR
]],
[[ cyclicShiftSPS-r15 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
OPTIONAL, — Need ON
harq-ProcID-Offset-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15 TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigIndex-r15 SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 OPTIONAL — Cond SPS
]]
}
}
SPS-ConfigSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
sps-ConfigIndex-r14 SPS-ConfigIndex-r14,
semiPersistSchedIntervalSL-r14 ENUMERATED {
sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400,
sf500, sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 ::= INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)
SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 ::= INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)
N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15 ::= CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12, sTTI16,
sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240,
spare2, spare1},
numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI-r15 INTEGER (1..12),
twoAntennaPortActivated-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r15 N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sTTI-StartTimeDL-r15 INTEGER (0..5),
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS-r15 TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…
}
}
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12, sTTI16,
sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240,
spare2, spare1},
implicitReleaseAfter ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},
p0-Persistent-r15 SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent-r15 INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-SPUSCH-Persistent-r15 INTEGER (-8..7)
} OPTIONAL, — Need OP
twoIntervalsConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Cond TDD
p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15 INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-SPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI-r15 INTEGER (1..12) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
sTTI-StartTimeUL-r15 INTEGER (0..5),
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15 TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, — Need ON
cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
ifdma-Config-SPS-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, — Need ON
harq-ProcID-offset-r15 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
sps-ConfigIndex-r15 SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n6, n12} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6} OPTIONAL, — Need ON
…
}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
SPS-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
cyclicShiftSPS, cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI, Indicates the cyclic shift |
|
fixedRV-NonAdaptive If this field is present and skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, non-adaptive retransmissions on configured uplink grant uses redundancy version 0, otherwise the redundancy version for each retransmission is updated based on the sequence of redundancy versions as described in TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
harq-ProcID-offset If configured, this field indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.1. |
|
Ifdma-Config-SPS Indicated |
|
implicitReleaseAfter Number of empty transmissions before implicit release, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.10.2. Value e2 corresponds to 2 transmissions, e3 corresponds to 3 transmissions and so on. If skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, the UE shall ignore this field. |
|
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList, n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1 List of parameter: |
|
numberOfConfSPS-Processes The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in DL, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field. |
|
numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in UL, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field. |
|
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent, p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent Parameter: |
|
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2, p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions Indicates the RV sequence of slot or subslot PUSCH for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}. |
|
rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions Indicates the RV sequence of PUSCH for subframe UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}. |
|
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6]. If sps-Config is present for more than one cells in the same cell group, semiPersistSchedC-RNTI is present in only one sps-Config. |
|
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL Semi-persistent scheduling interval in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames. |
|
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1 corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1 equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7 symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. SPS for sTTI is not supported for TDD. |
|
semiPersistSchedIntervalSL Semi-persistent scheduling interval in sidelink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames, sf50 corresponds to 50 sub-frames and so on. |
|
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, when the configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval is greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames. If semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores semiPersistSchedIntervalUL i.e. without suffix). |
|
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1 corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1 equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7 symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. SPS for sTTI is not supported for TDD. |
|
sl-SPS-V-RNTI SL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
sps-ConfigIndex Indicates the index of one of multiple SL/UL SPS configurations. |
|
sps-ConfigDL-STTI If sps-ConfigDL-sTTI-r15 is signalled, the UE ignores sps-ConfigDL. |
|
sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. |
|
sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. |
|
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. If this list includes more than one entry, E-UTRAN includes totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions in each entry. |
|
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. |
|
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. If this list includes more than one entry, E-UTRAN includes totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions in each entry. |
|
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. |
|
sTTI-StartTimeDL Indicates the DL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
sTTI-StartTimeUL Indicates the UL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions Indicates the TBS scaling factor of subslot PUSCH for UL SPS repetitions. Value n6 corresponds to 1/6 and value n12 corresponds to 1/12. |
|
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is not configured. |
|
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for subframe UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is not configured. |
|
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-ConfigDL-STTI is configured. |
|
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-ConfigUL-STTI is configured. If a UE is configured with multiple UL SPS configurations in a serving cell, the same TPC index for DCI format 3/3A applies to all the UL SPS configurations in the serving cell. |
|
twoIntervalsConfig Trigger of two-intervals-Semi-Persistent Scheduling in uplink. See TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.10. If this field is present and the configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, two-intervals-SPS is enabled for uplink. Otherwise, two-intervals-SPS is disabled. |
|
ul-SPS-V-RNTI UL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for UEs capable of multiple uplink SPS configurations and which support V2X communication, see TS 36.321 [6]. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
TDD |
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
|
SPS |
This field is optional present if sps-ConfigIndex-r14 is not configured, need OR; otherwise it is not present. |
– SPUCCH-Config
The IE SPUCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPUCCH configuration.
SPUCCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
SPUCCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
spucch-Set-r15 SPUCCH-Set-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
dummy SEQUENCE {
n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
}
}
SPUCCH-Config-v1550 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3-v1550 SEQUENCE {
n3SPUCCH-AN-List-v1550 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
}
}
SPUCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPUCCH-Elements-r15
SPUCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List-r15 INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List-r15 INTEGER (0..3959) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15 INTEGER (0..549) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n4SPUCCHSlot-Resource-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n4SPUCCHSubslot-Resource-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
}
N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
n4startingPRB-r15 INTEGER (0..109),
n4numberOfPRB-r15 INTEGER (0..7)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
SPUCCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
dummy This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE. |
|
n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is enabled. Parameter: |
|
n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is disabled. Parameter: |
|
n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List Resource configuration for subslot-SPUCCH format 1. Parameter: |
|
n3SPUCCH-AN-List Resource index for slot-SPUCCH format 3: |
|
n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission. |
|
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission in case of multiple resource configuration. |
|
n4numberOfPRB, n4numberOfPRBSubslot Parameter |
|
n4startingPRB Parameter |
|
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for SPUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2. |
|
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3 Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. |
– SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for A-SRS trigger and TPC according to TS 36.212 [22].
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-TPC-RNTI-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
startingBitOfFormat3B-r14 INTEGER (0..31),
fieldTypeFormat3B-r14 INTEGER (1..4),
srs-CC-SetIndexlist-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 OPTIONAL — Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
}
}
SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
cc-SetIndex-r14 INTEGER (0..3),
cc-IndexInOneCC-Set-r14 INTEGER (0..7)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
cc-IndexInOneCC-Set Indicates the CC index in one CC set for Type A associated with the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell |
|
cc-SetIndex Indicates the CC set index for Type A associated with the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell. |
|
fieldTypeFormat3B The type of a field within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell, which indicates how many bits in the field are for SRS request (0 or 1/2) and how many bits in the field are for TPC (1 or 2). Note that for Type A, there is a common SRS request field for all SCells in the set, but each SCell has its own TPC command bits. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A. EUTRAN configures this field with the same value for all PUSCH-less SCells. |
|
srs-CC-SetIndexlist Indicates the index of the SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config for Type A trigger by the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell. Each set may contain at most 8 CCs. |
|
srs-TPC-RNTI RNTI for SRS trigger and power control using DCI format 3B, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.1.3.1. |
|
startingBitOfFormat3B The starting bit position of a block within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
SRS-Trigger-TypeA |
The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. |
– TDD-Config
The IE TDD-Config is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
TDD-Config information element
— ASN1START
TDD-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment ENUMERATED {
sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6},
specialSubframePatterns ENUMERATED {
ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4,ssp5, ssp6, ssp7,
ssp8}
}
TDD-Config-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
specialSubframePatterns-v1130 ENUMERATED {ssp7,ssp9}
}
TDD-Config-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
specialSubframePatterns-v1430 ENUMERATED {ssp10}
}
TDD-Config-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {
specialSubframePatterns-v1450 ENUMERATED {ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS}
}
TDD-ConfigSL-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignmentSL-r12 ENUMERATED {
none, sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
TDD-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
specialSubframePatterns Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-1, where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1 etc. Value ssp7 points to Configuration 7 for extended cyclic prefix, value ssp9 points to Configuration 9 for normal cyclic prefix and value ssp10 points to Configration 10 for normal cyclic prefix. Value ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS corresponds to ssp10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS. E-UTRAN signals ssp7 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8) to ssp4. E-UTRAN signals value ssp9 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp5. E-UTRAN signals value ssp10 or ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp0 or ssp5. If specialSubframePatterns-v1130, specialSubframePatterns-v1430, or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns (without suffix). If specialSubframePatterns-v1430 or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns-v1130. E-UTRAN does not simultanuosly configure TDD-Config-v1430 and TDD-Config-v1450. |
|
subframeAssignment Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band. |
|
subframeAssignmentSL Indicates UL/ DL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. The value none means that no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable (i.e. the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL is transmitted is an FDD UL carrier or the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X is transmitted is a carrier for V2X sidelink communication). |
– TDM-PatternConfig
The IE TDM-PatternConfig is used to specify the UL/DL reference configuration indicating the time during which a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC is allowed to transmit, as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
TDM-PatternConfig information element
— ASN1START
TDM-PatternConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment-r15 SubframeAssignment-r15,
harq-Offset-r15 INTEGER (0..9)
}
}
SubframeAssignment-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}
— ASN1STOP
|
TDM-PatternConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
subframeAssignment Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. When configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, the value range of this field is {sa2, sa4, sa5}. |
|
harq-Offset Indicates a HARQ subframe offset that is applied to the subframes designated as UL in the associated subrame assignment, see TS 36.213 [23]. When configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, the network ensures it does not violate the TDD configuration in SIB1, and the value range of this field is {0, 1, 2, 5, 6}. |
– TimeAlignmentTimer
The IE TimeAlignmentTimer is used to control how long the UE considers the serving cells belonging to the associated TAG to be uplink time aligned. Corresponds to the Timer for time alignment in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf500 corresponds to 500 sub-frames, sf750 corresponds to 750 sub-frames and so on.
TimeAlignmentTimer information element
— ASN1START
TimeAlignmentTimer ::= ENUMERATED {
sf500, sf750, sf1280, sf1920, sf2560, sf5120,
sf10240, infinity}
— ASN1STOP
– TimeReferenceInfo
TimeReferenceInfo information elements
— ASN1START
TimeReferenceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
time-r15 ReferenceTime-r15,
uncertainty-r15 INTEGER (0..12) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
timeInfoType-r15 ENUMERATED {localClock} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
referenceSFN-r15 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL — Cond TimeRef
}
ReferenceTime-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
refDays-r15 INTEGER (0..72999),
refSeconds-r15 INTEGER (0..86399),
refMilliSeconds-r15 INTEGER (0..999),
refQuarterMicroSeconds-r15 INTEGER (0..3999)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
TimeReferenceInfo field descriptions |
|---|
|
referenceSFN This field indicates the reference SFN for time reference information. The time field indicates the time at the ending boundary of the SFN indicated by referenceSFN. The UE considers the frame indicated by the referenceSFN nearest to the frame where the field is received. If the time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16 and the referenceSFN field is not included, the time field indicates the time at the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted. |
|
time, timeInfoType This field indicates time reference with 0.25 us granularity. The indicated time is referenced at the network, i.e., without compensating for RF propagation delay. The indicated time in 0.25 us unit from the origin is refDays*86400*1000*4000 + refSeconds*1000*4000 + refMilliSeconds*4000 + refQuarterMicroSeconds. The refDays field specifies the sequential number of days (with day count starting at 0) from the origin of the time field. If timeInfoType is not included, the origin of the time field is 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 6 January, 1980 (start of GPS time). If timeInfoType is set to localClock, the interpretation of the origin of the time is unspecified and left up to upper layers. If time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16, this field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of time should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1. |
|
uncertainty This field indicates the number of LSBs which may be inaccurate in the refQuarterMicroSeconds field. If uncertainty is absent, the uncertainty of refQuarterMicroSeconds is not specified. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
TimeRef |
The field is mandatory present if TimeReferenceInfo is included in DLInformationTransfer message; otherwise the field is not present. |
– TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for PUCCH and PUSCH power control according to TS 36.212 [22]. The power control function can either be setup or released with the IE.
TPC-PDCCH-Config information element
— ASN1START
TPC-PDCCH-Config ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
tpc-RNTI BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
tpc-Index TPC-Index
}
}
TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell-r13 TPC-Index
}
}
TPC-Index ::= CHOICE {
indexOfFormat3 INTEGER (1..15),
indexOfFormat3A INTEGER (1..31)
}
— ASN1STOP
|
TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
indexOfFormat3 Index of N when DCI format 3 is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6. |
|
IndexOfFormat3A Index of M when DCI format 3A is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7. |
|
tpc-Index Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a). |
|
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a). |
|
tpc-RNTI RNTI for power control using DCI format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22]. |
– TunnelConfigLWIP
The IE TunnelConfigLWIP is used to setup/release LWIP Tunnel.
— ASN1START
TunnelConfigLWIP-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
ip-Address-r13 IP-Address-r13,
ike-Identity-r13 IKE-Identity-r13,
…,
[[ lwip-Counter-r13 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL — Cond LWIP-Setup
]]
}
IKE-Identity-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
idI-r13 OCTET STRING
}
IP-Address-r13 ::= CHOICE {
ipv4-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
ipv6-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (128))
}
— ASN1STOP
|
TunnelConfigLWIP field descriptions |
|---|
|
ip-Address Parameter indicates the LWIP-SeGW IP Address to be used by the UE for initiating LWIP Tunnel establishment [32]. |
|
ike-Identity Parameter indicates the IKE Identity elements (IDi) to be used in IKE Authentication Procedures [32]. |
|
lwip-Counter Indicates the parameter used by UE for computing the security keys used in LWIP tunnel establishment, as specified in TS 33.401 [32]. |
|
Conditional presence |
Explanation |
|---|---|
|
LWIP-Setup |
The field is mandatory present upon setup of LWIP tunnel. Otherwise the field is optional, Need ON. |
– UplinkPowerControl
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated are used to specify parameters for uplink power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively.
UplinkPowerControl information elements
— ASN1START
UplinkPowerControlCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalPUSCH INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha Alpha-r12,
p0-NominalPUCCH INTEGER (-127..-96),
deltaFList-PUCCH DeltaFList-PUCCH,
deltaPreambleMsg3 INTEGER (-1..6)
}
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r10 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r10 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1}
}
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13 ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,deltaF13, deltaF12,
deltaF11, deltaF10, spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13 ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10, deltaF9,
deltaF8, deltaF7, spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15
}
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
alphaSRS-Add-r16 Alpha-r12,
p0-NominalSRS-Add-r16 INTEGER (-126..24)
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
— For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1},
p0-NominalPUCCH-r12 INTEGER (-127..-96),
deltaFList-PUCCH-r12 DeltaFList-PUCCH
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalPUSCH-r10 INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha-r10 Alpha-r12
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaPreambleMsg3-r11 INTEGER (-1..6)
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
— For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
p0-NominalPUCCH INTEGER (-127..-96),
deltaFList-PUCCH DeltaFList-PUCCH,
deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1,
deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5,
deltaF6} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13 ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,
deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10,
spare1} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13 ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11,
deltaF10, deltaF9, deltaF8, deltaF7,
spare1} OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-126..24) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-126..24) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
alpha-SRS-r14 Alpha-r12 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH INTEGER (-8..7),
deltaMCS-Enabled ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
accumulationEnabled BOOLEAN,
p0-UE-PUCCH INTEGER (-8..7),
pSRS-Offset INTEGER (0..15),
filterCoefficient FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
pSRS-Offset-v1130 INTEGER (16..31) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130 INTEGER (16..31) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {
set2PowerControlParameter CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
tpc-SubframeSet-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha-SubframeSet2-r12 Alpha-r12,
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
}
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
alpha-UE-r15 Alpha-r12 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
accumulationEnabledSTTI-r15 BOOLEAN,
deltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 OPTIONAL, — Need OR
uplinkPower-CSIPayload BOOLEAN
}
UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PeriodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-8..7) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-8..7) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
accumulationEnabled-r14 BOOLEAN
}
UplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
tpc-IndexSRS-Add-r16 TPC-Index OPTIONAL, — Need ON
startingBitOfFormat3B-SRS-Add-r16 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
fieldTypeFormat3B-SRS-Add-r16 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
p0-UE-SRS-Add-r16 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, — Need ON
accumulationEnabledSRS-Add-r16 BOOLEAN
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 INTEGER (-8..7),
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
accumulationEnabled-r10 BOOLEAN,
pSRS-Offset-r10 INTEGER (0..15),
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, — Need OR
filterCoefficient-r10 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell}
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
–Release 8
p0-UE-PUCCH INTEGER (-8..7),
–Release 10
deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 OPTIONAL — Need OR
}
DeltaFList-PUCCH ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1 ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1b ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF3, deltaF5},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format2 ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format2a ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format2b ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2}
}
DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 ::= CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6} OPTIONAL, –Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1a-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4,
deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8} OPTIONAL, –Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6,
deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10} OPTIONAL,–Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format3-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7,
deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11} OPTIONAL,–Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF13, deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16,
deltaF17, deltaF18, deltaF19, deltaF20} OPTIONAL,
–Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13,
deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17} OPTIONAL,
–Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1and1a-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8,
deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12} OPTIONAL,
–Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9,
deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13} OPTIONAL,
–Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17, deltaF18,
deltaF19, deltaF20, deltaF21, deltaF22} OPTIONAL,
–Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13,
deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17} OPTIONAL,
–Need OR
…
}
}
DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format22a2b-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format3-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
…
}
DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-1}
}
DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1a-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1b-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format3-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
…
}
— ASN1STOP
|
UplinkPowerControl field descriptions |
|---|
|
accumulationEnabled, accumulationEnabledSTTI Parameter: Accumulation-enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 5.1.1.1 and 5.1.3.1. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas FALSE corresponds to "disabled". |
|
accumulationEnabledSRS-Add Parameter: accumulationEnabled-additionalSRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 5.1.3.1. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas FALSE corresponds to "disabled". |
|
alpha Parameter: α See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. |
|
alpha-SRS, alphaSRS-Add Parameter: αSRS. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1. alpha-SRS applies for SRS power control on a PUSCH-less SCell, alphaSRS-Add applies for SRS power control on the additional SRS symbols. |
|
alpha-SubframeSet2 Parameter: α. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. |
|
alpha-UE Parameter: αUE See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. |
|
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX Parameter: |
|
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-slotSPUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-FormatX Parameter: |
|
deltaMCS-Enabled Parameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state "disabled". en1 corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to "enabled". |
|
deltaPreambleMsg3 Parameter: |
|
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-FormatX Parameter: |
|
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-FormatX Parameter: |
|
fieldTypeFormat3B-SRS-Add Indicates the field width of power control field in DCI format 3B for additional SRS. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A. |
|
filterCoefficient Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2. |
|
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS Parameter: |
|
p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS Parameter: |
|
p0-NominalPUCCH Parameter: |
|
p0-NominalPUSCH Parameter: |
|
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
p0-NominalSRS-Add Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-SRS-Add Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-PeriodicSRS Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-PUCCH Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-PUSCH Parameter: |
|
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2 Parameter: |
|
pathlossReferenceLinking Indicates whether the UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of the PCell or of the SCell that corresponds with this uplink (i.e. according to the cellIdentification within the field sCellToAddMod). For SCells part of an STAG E-UTRAN sets the value to sCell. |
|
pSRS-Offset, pSRS-OffsetAp Parameter: PSRS_OFFSET for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission repectively. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1. For Ks=1.25, the actual parameter value is pSRS-Offset value – 3. For Ks=0, the actual parameter value is -10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-Offset value. If pSRS-Offset-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-Offset (i.e., without suffix). Likewise, if pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-OffsetAp-r10. For Ks=0, E-UTRAN does not set values larger than 26. |
|
startingBitOfFormat3B-SRS-Add Indicates the starting position of a block to trigger and TPC commands for the additional SRS symbols. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A. |
|
tpc-IndexSRS-Add Indicates the index to the TPC command for the SRS in additional symbols. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7. |
|
tpc-SubframeSet Indicates the uplink subframes (including UpPTS in special subframes) of the uplink power control subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 1, and value 1 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 2. |
|
uplinkPower-CSIPayload TRUE indicates that the UE shall derive BPRE based on the actual value of O_CQI for slot/subslot-PUSCH, whereas FALSE indicates that the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values shall be used for the derivation of BPRE for slot/subslot-PUSCH. |
– WLAN-Id-List
The IE WLAN-Id-List is used to list WLAN(s) for configuration of WLAN measurements and WLAN mobility set.
— ASN1START
WLAN-Id-List-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r13)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12
— ASN1STOP
– WLAN-MobilityConfig
The IE WLAN-MobilityConfig is used for configuration of WLAN mobility set and WLAN Status Reporting. E-UTRAN configures at least one WLAN identifier in the WLAN-MobilityConfig.
— ASN1START
WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
wlan-ToReleaseList-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
wlan-ToAddList-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL, — Need ON
associationTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {s10, s30,
s60, s120, s240} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
successReportRequested-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, — Need OR
…,
[[ wlan-SuspendConfig-r14 WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14 OPTIONAL — Need ON
]]
}
— ASN1STOP
|
WLAN-MobilityConfig field descriptions |
|---|
|
associationTimer Indicates the maximum time for connection to WLAN before connection failure reporting is initiated. Value s10 means 10 seconds, value s30 means 30 seconds and so on. E-UTRAN includes associationTimer only upon change in WLAN mobility set, lwa-WT-Counter or lwip-Counter. |
|
successReportRequested Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP. |
|
wlan-ToAddList Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be added to the WLAN mobility set. |
|
wlan-ToReleaseList Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be removed from the WLAN mobility set. |
– WUS-Config
The IE WUS-Config is used to specify the WUS configuration. For the UEs supporting WUS, E-UTRAN uses WUS to indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4].
WUS-Config information element
— ASN1START
WUS-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
maxDurationFactor-r15 ENUMERATED {one32th, one16th, one8th, one4th},
numPOs-r15 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1} DEFAULT n1,
freqLocation-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n2, n4, spare1},
timeOffsetDRX-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r15 ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000} OPTIONAL — Need OP
}
WUS-Config-v1560 ::= SEQUENCE {
powerBoost-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB1dot8, dB3, dB4dot8}
}
WUS-Config-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}
}
— ASN1STOP
|
WUS-Config field descriptions |
|---|
|
freqLocation Frequency location of WUS within paging narrowband for BL UEs and UEs in CE. Value n0 corresponds to WUS in the 1st and 2nd PRB, value n2 represents the 3rd and 4th PRB, and value n4 represents the 5th and 6th PRB. |
|
maxDurationFactor Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax associated with Type 1-CSS, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value one32th corresponds to Rmax * 1/32, value one16th corresponds to Rmax * 1/16 and so on. The value in TS 36.213 [23] considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of mpdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier. |
|
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE can use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving cell measurements, see TS 36.133 [16]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 DRX cycle, value n2 corresponds to 2 DRX cycles and so on. |
|
numPOs Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one WUS, applicable to UEs configured to use extended DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO, value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so on. |
|
powerBoost Power offset of WUS relative to CRS in dB, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 5.2. Value db0 corresponds to 0dB, value db1dot8 corresponds to 1.8dB, and so on. |
|
timeOffsetDRX Minimum time gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the first associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on. |
|
timeOffset-eDRX-Short When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on. E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX. |
|
timeOffset-eDRX-Long When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms and value ms2000 corresponds to 2000 ms. If the field is absent, UE uses timeOffset-eDRX-Short for monitoring WUS. |